Home

Garmin Software Version 0719.00 Cockpit Reference Guide

1. Figure 6 3 Single cue Command Bars Turn the large FMS Knob place the flashing cursor in the FLIGHT DIRECTOR FORMAT ACTIVE field 4 Turn the small FMS Knob to display the selection window as shown in Figure 6 5 Aircraft Symbol i 5 Turn the small FMS Knob to select SNGL QUE which displays the Command Bars as a single cue Figure 6 4 Cross pointer Command Bars Or Select X POINTR to display Command Bars as a cross pointer Press the ENT Key The Command Bars are not displayed if attitude information sent to the flight director is invalid or unavailable pitch exceeds 30 20 or bank exceeds 6 0 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 6 3 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL 6 4 FLIGHT DIRECTOR MODES Unless otherwise specified all mode keys are alternate action i e press on press off In the absence of specific mode selection the flight director reverts to the default pitch and or roll modes s Armed modes are annunciated in white and active modes in green in the AFCS Status Box Under normal operation when the control for the active flight director mode is pressed the flight director reverts to the default mode s for the axis es Automatic transition from armed to active mode is indicated by the white armed mode annunciation moving to the green active mode field and flashing for 10 seconds If the information required to compute a
2. 4OHE OME USER MAYPOINT LIST uM HOIZ79 7 11 DELETE RENAME Figure 8 1 User WPT Information Page Select the User WPT Information Page 1 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the WPT page group 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the fifth rectangular page icon Create a New User Waypoint 1 With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed select the NEW Softkey A waypoint is created at the current aircraft position 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to enter first character of the waypoint name 190 00708 00 Rev A Ww 4 5 6 1 SECTION 8 FLIGHT PLANNING Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next character field Repeat steps 2 and 3 until the desired name is entered Press the ENT Key The cursor is now in the REFERENCE WAYPOINTS field If desired the waypoint can be defined by a reference waypoint Turn the FMS Knobs to enter the position coordinates or the radial and distance from the reference waypoint Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing Cursor Modify a User Waypoint 1 2 3 4 With the User Waypoint Information Page displayed press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the desired field and turn the small FMS Knob to make changes Press the ENT Key to accept the changes Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor Delete a User Waypoint 1 2 Select the User Waypoint In
3. T L deine ACTEVG FLT PL KHKC KCOS eh EIE i HORIH LFF fl me ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN KHEC KCOS DIK DIE Deporture KMKC ALL TIFTO2TIFTO r MCI TIFTO Enroute SLN Airway V244 LAA HYS LAA Airway V263 TBE TBE KCOS DTK DIS Deportura KAKC ALL TIFTOZ TIFTO HCI Gi R TIFTO z267 Ea BHH yiii Enroute pen SLH z4 J0 3nn ee a Ta Alrwoy V244 LAA nim O gs TE Life 251 169MM Alrwoy VZ63 THE KAHNE TBE Fi KEOS CURRENT UY PROFILE CURRENT YAY PROFILE ACTIVE UNY HPT m VS TGI LAND PARK ACTIVE VHA HPT m a ee US RED VA A V DEY Se Y REO Y DEY OVERLAND Paik a L CR LAKI SHALE HERE DAM Z200nn CNCL VNV SHH CHAT Figure 7 12 Assigned Heading of 290 Figure 7 11 Assigned Heading of 240 7 6 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 7 NAVIGATION 4 V4 is now be entered into the flight plan c Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint a Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor Information Window Enter the desired entry point for V4 in this case Topeka VOR TOP is used as b The desired entry point for V4 TOP must now be shown in Figure 7 14 entered Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan insertion point as shown ee oe in Figure 7 13 The V4 entry point TOP will be Loe placed immediately above the highlighted waypoint TOPEKA KS SLN j miie NORTH UP ACTIVE
4. c sseeseeses 13 20 Fe ener ear nT errr reat Index 1 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW The purpose of this Cockpit Reference Guide is to provide the pilot a resource with which to find operating instructions on the major features of the G1000 system more easily It is not intended to be a comprehensive operating guide Complete operating procedures for the complete system are found in the G1000 Pilots Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00709 00 SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW This guide gives the pilot abbreviated operating instructions for the Primary Flight Displays PFDs Multi Function Display MFD GMA 1347D Cabin Audio Panel System GCU 475 MFD Control Unit and GMC 710 AFCS Control Unit A NOTE The pilot should read and thoroughly understand the Socata TBM 850 Pilot s Operating Handbook POH for limitations procedures and operational information not contained in this Cockpit Reference Guide The POH always takes precedence over the information found in this guide 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW 1 1 PFD CONTROLS GARMIN Figure 1 1 PFD Controls ortrmare FMS PUSH CRSA 1 2 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A The following list provides an overview of the controls locate
5. b Press the FLC Key before the planned TOD during an altitude hold while VPTH is armed The Airspeed Reference defaults to the current aircraft airspeed Vertical Path Tracking and Selected Altitude Capture Mode are armed automatically GPS LEAP YD ALTS VPTH 2 Reduce power to allow descent in Flight Level Change Mode The autopilot maintains the Airspeed Reference 3 As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode indicated by the green ALTS annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds Selected Altitude of 9 400 MSL OPSHN 3 nm A a ALT _VPTH The green ALT annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft a GPS LEAP YD VPTH 4 When the next TOD is reached Vertical Path Tracking becomes active may require acknowledgment to allow descent path capture GPS EAP YD ALTV 5 As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude the flight director transitions to VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode indicated by the green ALTV annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds a ALT The green ALT annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft at the vertical waypoint VNAV Target Altitude of 9 0
6. 5 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the departure time DEP TIME field NOTE The departure time on the Trip Planning Page is used for preflight planning Refer to the Utility Page for the actual flight departure time 6 Turn the FMS Knobs to enter the departure time Press the ENT Key when finished Departure time may be entered in local or UTC time depending upon system settings 7 Turn the FMS Knobs to enter the fuel flow Press the ENT Key when finished Note that in automatic page mode fuel flow is provided by the system 8 The flashing cursor moves to the fuel on board field Turn the FMS Knobs to modify the fuel on board Press the ENT Key when finished 9 The flashing cursor moves to the calibrated airspeed field Turn the FMS Knobs to enter a calibrated airspeed Press the ENT Key when finished 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 8 11 SECTION 8 FLIGHT PLANNING Blank Page 8 12 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A 9 1 SECTION 9 PROCEDURES ARRIVALS AND DEPARTURES Load and Activate a Departure Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 8 190 00708 00 Rev A Press the PROC Key Turn the large FMS Knob to hightlight SELECT DEPARTURE Press the ENT Key If a flight plan is active the departure airport is displayed as the default A list of available departures is also displayed If
7. Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 7 19 7 20 SECTION 7 NAVIGATION 23 After crossing FALUR the next waypoint is the FAF The flight phase changes to LPV on the HSI indicating the current phase of flight is in Approach Mode and the approach type is LPV CDI scaling changes accordingly and is used much like a localizer when flying an ILS approach The RVSI is no longer displayed and the VDI changes to the Glidepath Indicator as shown in Figure 7 48 when the final approach course becomes active DIK IRK 3 ETE FPL ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN NORTH UP m ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN INARROW HILLY i HKC KCOS KHKC KCOS NO DAIA rane FSHER Peake S peso Ree gt PYNON p ra eRe Approuch KCOS RNAV HABUK laf sanm annali ounsa FALUR SEa attend TY AAAA L CEGIX fof 351 31nn F RWSSR map 351 5 Tur 6368F 348 Onh 8 saver HOGAL mahp 100007 1 5 0nr CURRENT UNY PROFILE GHEAN aaO UE a E EO WTE anman manana TIME TO BOD TERRAIN 1D0FT f INANrr F 8300 arpa Figure 7 48 Descending to the FAF The descent continues through the FAF CEGIX using the Glidepath Indicator as one would use a glideslope indicator to obtain an altitude AT 7 800 feet at the FAF Note the altitude restriction lines over and under At the altitude in the ALT field in Figure 7 48 24 After crossing CEGIX the aircraft continues following the glide
8. If the Course Deviation Indicator CDI shows greater than one dot when the NAV Key is pressed the selected mode is armed The armed annunciation appears in white to the left of the active lateral mode For cases where the projected course is offset a large distance trom the present course for turn anticipation GPS Navigation Mode can be activated with crosstrack error up to 10 nm GPS ROL Je ALTS Figure 6 25 GPS Navigation Mode Armed When the CDI has automatically switched from GPS to LOC during a LOC ILS approach GPS Navigation Mode remains active providing GPS steering guidance until the localizer signal is captured LOC Navigation Mode is armed automatically when the navigation source switch takes place if the APR Key is not pressed prior to the automatic source switch Pitch Hold Mode Active prs 17 CAA 136 975 cont Q7t 7 Jia SAAN conz _ Atann 29 J21H JTRS Figure 6 24 Navigation Mode Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A If Navigation Mode is active and either of the following occur the flight director reverts to Roll Hold Mode wings rolled level Different VOR tuned while in VOR Navigation Mode VOR Navigation Mode reverts to armed e Navigation source manually switched with the CDI Softkey e FAF crossed while in GPS Navigation Mode after the automatic navigation source switch from GPS to LOC Changing the Selected Course The Selected C
9. FPL WPT LOCK Flight plan waypoint Upon power up the G1000 system detects that a stored flight plan waypoint is is locked locked This occurs when an aviation database update eliminates an obsolete waypoint The flight plan cannot find the specified waypoint and flags this message This can also occur with user waypoints in a flight plan that is deleted Remove the waypoint from the flight plan if it no longer exists in any database Or update the waypoint name identitier to reflect the new information FPL WPT MOVE Flight plan The system has detected that a waypoint coordinate has changed due to a new waypoint moved aviation database update Verity that stored flight plans contain correct waypoint locations TIMER EXPIRD Timer has expired The system notifies the pilot that the timer has expired DB CHANGE Database changed This occurs when a stored flight plan contains procedures that have been Verity user moditied procedures manually edited This alert is issued only after an aviation database update Verity that the user moditied procedures in stored flight plans are correct and up to date DB CHANGE Database changed This occurs when a stored flight plan contains an airway that is no longer Verity stored airways consistent with the aviation database This alert is issued only after an aviation database update Verity use of airways in stored flight plans and reload airways as needed FPL TRUNC Flight p
10. Mach Hold Altitude FLC M nnn Vertical Path Captures and tracks descent legs of an VNV VPTH Tracking active vertical protile e VNV Target Altitude Captures the Vertical Navigation VNV AITV Capture Target Altitude GP Glidepath Captures and tracks the WAAS glidepath on approach 8 Captures and tracks the IS glidesiope on approach Disengages the autopilot and commands a constant pitch angle and wings level in the air on the ground in preparation for takeott Takeott on ground TO GA l Switch Disengages the autopilot and Go Around in air commands a constant pitch angle and wings level in the air ALTS armed automatically when PIT VS FLC TO or GA active and under VPTH when Selected Altitude is to be captured instead of VNV Target Altitude ALTV armed automatically under VPTH when VNV Target Altitude is to be captured instead of Selected Altitude Table 6 2 Flight Director Vertical Modes 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 6 5 6 6 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Pitch Hold Mode PIT When the flight director is activated the FD Key is pressed or switched Pitch Hold Mode is selected by default Pitch Hold Mode is indicated as the active vertical mode by the PIT annunciation This mode may be used for climb or descent to the Selected Altitude shown above the Altimeter since Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed
11. 2 6 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A Marker Beacon Annunciation Glideslope Indicator Figure 2 13 Glideslope Indicator 2 5 MARKER BEACON ANNUNCIATIONS Outer Marker Middle Marker Inner Marker T Figure 2 14 Marker Beacon Annunciations SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS 2 6 VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR Vertical Speed Pointer Figure 2 15 Vertical Speed Indicator The actual vertical speed is displayed inside the pointer 2 7 BAROMETRIC RADAR ALTITUDE MINIMUMS The desired barometric radar altitude minimums can be set in the Timer References Window The altitude ranges from 0 to 16 000 feet in 10 foot increments The minimums are reset anytime the power is cycled Altitude Source Minimum Altitude Setting MINIMUMS 4 BARO gt 9 FT MINIMUMS 4RAD ALT SHUFT Figure 2 16 Barometric Radar Minimum Descent Altitude Settings 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 2 7 SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS The desired barometric radar minimum descent Set the barometric altitude minimums altitude MDA or Decision Height DH can be set in the 1 From the Timer References Window turn the large Timer Relerences Window FMS Knob to highlight the source field ae BUTE Anns aM Ne a OAC IA 2 Turn the small FMS Knob in the direction of the green arrow to select BARO barometric altimeter e When the a
12. Battery Bus 8 Essential Bus C Power Buses Figure 3 3 Electrical Synoptics Page 3 2 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A Active generator currents are displayed below the generator icons A disconnected generator is indicated in gray the current is removed from the display and the switch symbol is closed Switch Open Switch Closed Oo Main Standby Table 3 1 Generator Switch Status GPU status information is removed from the electrical diagram when the GPU door is closed If the GPU door is open and selected the GPU status is shown in green when the door is open but not selected the status is shown in gray with the switch closed A CAS message GPU DOOR is generated if the GPU door is open Battery connection status to the main bus is indicated in green direction of current flow is indicated with an arrow next to the current readout If the battery is disconnected from the main bus the switch is closed Battery overheating is indicated in red with a BAT OVHT annunciation a CAS message is also generated BAT Figure 3 4 Cabin Leak Indication 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 3 ENGINE amp AIRFRAME SYSTEMS Battery and essential bus voltages are displayed using gauges Power buses are shown in green when energized When not energized the connection line to the main bus is removed and the bus label is displayed in red A red X over a com
13. Echo Tops Freezing Levels o Weather Product Age a O a Lightning The age for each of the enabled products is displayed NEXRAD on the right side of the display Times are based on GMT time when the data was assembled on the ground not the Radar Coverage time the data was received by the XM receiver When the Cell Movement age of a weather product has exceeded half of the expiration Surface Analysis a time the product time changes from light blue to amber in Roo T wo lor ve vind Ai o Ws oo oo o o OS o Clouds Tops Oo O 10 6 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A 10 4 TRAFFIC ADVISORY SYSTEM TAS Refer to the Honeywell KTA 870 Pilots Guide for a detailed discussion of the KTA 870 system System Self Test 1 2 3 4 Set the range to 2 6 nm Select the STANDBY Softkey Select the TEST Softkey Self test takes approximately eight seconds to complete When completed successfully traffic symbols are displayed as shown in Figure 10 11 and a voice alert TAS System Test OK is heard If the self test fails the system reverts to Standby Mode and a voice alert TAS System Test Fail is heard DIK UNRESTRICTED _ gt 190 00708 00 Rev A TEST MODE HAP Figure 10 11 Self Test OK Display 1 2 3 4 6 SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE Displaying Traffic on the Traffic Map Page Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group
14. Figure 6 13 An altitude capture mode ALTS or ALTV is armed as appropriate Altitude Hold Mode Active HAVE HHI cla cH arnim TAS 220KT GPS is Selected Navigation Source SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL If the Altimeters barometric setting is adjusted while Vertical Path Tracking is active the flight director increases decreases the descent rate by up to 500 fpm to re establish the aircraft on the descent path without commanding a climb Adjusting the altimeter barometric setting creates discontinuities in VNV vertical deviation moving the descent path For large adjustments it may take several minutes for the aircraft to re establish on the descent path If the change is made while nearing a waypoint with a VNV Target Altitude the aircraft may not re establish on the descent path in time to meet the vertical constraint Vertical Path Tracking Armed Flashing Indicates Acknowledgment Required 96 975 118 008 com 136 975 118 0 DHe COMZ VNV Target Altitude m Selected Altitude Below VNV Target m Vertical Deviation Indicator Saara QA E dTio 21800 21700 _ Required Vertical Speed Bug _ Enroute Phase of Flight R LCL 657 11 Figure 6 12 Vertical Path Capture 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL VNV Target Altitude S808 Vert
15. GGG8FT a HAP LOCATION ERG 260 DIS 161NH 257 ACTIVATE Figure 7 28 Enter VNV Offset Distance g Enter the offset or distance from the waypoint at which the selected altitude will be reached In this case three miles prior to OPSHN is entered In other words the G1000 gives vertical guidance so the aircraft arrives at an altitude of 10 000 feet three miles prior to OPSHN h Press the ENT Key twice to activate the direct to Note in Figure 7 29 the magenta arrow indicating the direct to OPSHN after the offset waypoint for OPSHN The preceding offset waypoint indicates the offset distance and altitude that was previously entered The remaining waypoints in the loaded arrival procedure have no database specified altitudes therefore dashes are displayed Keep the CDI centered and maintain a track along the magenta line to OPSHN Note the Direct to waypoint is within the loaded arrival procedure therefore phase of flight scaling for the CDI changes to Terminal Mode and is annunciated by displaying TERM on the HSI Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 NOTE If the loaded arrival procedure has waypoints with altitude constraints retrieved from the database that will be used as is the altitude must be manually accepted by placing the cursor over the desired altitude then pressing the ENT Key The altitude is now displayed as light blue meaning it is now being used by the system t
16. Identifier 4KT OP er as 13 5NM TOWER 118 700 RNWY Runway Length KLWC 147 13 6NM UNICON 123 000 RNWY KFOE 218 19 7NM ILS TOWER 120 800 RNWY 12802FT Primary COM Frequency Figure 7 61 Nearest Airports Window Select the NRST Softkey to display the PFD Nearest Airports Window View Information on a Specific Airport in the List 1 With the Nearest Airports Window displayed turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired airport identifier 2 Press the ENT Key to display airport information 3 Press the ENT Key again cursor is on BACK to return to the list Load an Airport COM Frequency into the Active COM 1 With the Nearest Airports Window displayed turn either FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired airport frequency shown in the window 2 Press the ENT Key and the selected frequency is placed in the COM standby frequency field 3 Press the Frequency Transfer Key to make the frequency the active frequency Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Fl SECTION 7 NAVIGATION 7 10 NEAREST INTERSECTIONS NRST NEAREST INTERSECTIONS NEAREST I BADGR 056 7 1Nn BSEVE 29 7 Sun HAXEE 120 Tdh BOVAC 191 9 5 VPATIN D11 106m PEGGI Do 111m IHEZZ 357 11 147 GLEET 68 1 1 2HH VPHCL 182 118m KORSE MF 122m RUENE 12 3H WORRH 110 TZENA KELLA o94 128m ZALTA 356 1236mn RIECO 207 137m EDOWLR 357 14 0hHri KEURNE 119 13 7
17. Invert and activate stored flight plan is displayed 4 With OK highlighted press the ENT Key The selected flight plan is now inverted and activated The original flight plan remains intact in its flight plan catalog storage location 8 17 COPY A FLIGHT PLAN 1 From the Flight Plan Catalog press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 2 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be copied 3 Select the COPY Softkey Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 8 SECTION 8 FLIGHT PLANNING 8 8 4 A Copy to flight plan confirmation window is displayed With OK highlighted press the ENT Key to copy the flight plan To cancel turn the large FMS Knob to highlight CANCEL and press the ENT Key 8 18 DELETE A FLIGHT PLAN 1 2 3 4 From the Flight Plan Catalog Page press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the flight plan to be deleted Select the DELETE Softkey A Delete flight plan confirmation window is displayed With OK highlighted press the ENT Key to delete the flight plan To cancel turn the large FMS Knob to highlight CANCEL and press the ENT Key 8 19 GRAPHICAL FLIGHT PLAN CREATION 1 2 3 4 5 6 Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page Press the Joystick to activate the map pointer Use the Joystick to move the pointer to the
18. MAP is given using the FSHER 352 9 8NH 10000FT PYNON Bey 7 HSE pines WAAS GPS altitude source therefore the displayed Approach KCOS RNAV 35RGPS LPV altitude values are for reference only HABUK inf 021 5 9NM 9000 ki ah Saet on ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN CEGIX fof 35 G NH 7800r KMKC KCOS RW35R map 351 5 1NM 6368FT 348 O 4NH 6370F 1 DIK DIS ALT MOGAL mahp 10090Ft FSHER 352 9 8M 1000 FT 168 6 0NH PYNON 352 11 9Nn 10000FT Approach KCOS RNAV 35RGPS LPV HABUK iof 821 5 9NM 9000F1 CURRENT VNV PROFILE FALUR 261 5 0NH 86001 ACTIVE VNV WPT 1QQ0 0FT ot OPSHN NH oem ue i VS TGT T6FPH FPA 3 0 wee l Sree RW35R map 351 5 1NH VS REQ n FPH TIME TOTOO 29 57 S3E8FT 348 a agi praa oath umn MOGAL mah 1000051 Figure 7 35 Designate FALUR Altitude Constraint ace Seen e Press the ENT Key to designate this altitude CURRENT VNV PROFILE ACTIVE VNV WPT 1000 FT at OPSHN 3NH constraint value for use in computing vertical vs TST 796FPH FPA 30 guidance This altitude value is now displayed as Ei i ak light blue text Note that altitude values are now filled in for waypoints back to where the previous altitude value was entered for OPSHN 14 As the aircraft approaches OPSHN it may be desirable to adjust how fast or steep the upcoming descent will be The default Flight Path Angle FPA is 3 0 degrees and a required vertical speed is computed to maintain the 3 0 FPA To change the vertical flight path perfor
19. OTR TRE ETE pa Ha p DCLTR SHW CHRT Figure 11 1 SafeTaxi Depiction on the Navigation Map Page 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 11 ADDITIONAL FEATURES The SafeTaxi database is revised every 56 days SafeTaxi is always available for use after the expiration date When turning on the G1000 the Power up Page indicates whether the databases are current out of date or not available The Power up Page shows the SafeTaxi database is current when the SafeTaxi Expires date is shown in white When the SafeTaxi cycle has expired the SafeTaxi Expires date appears in yellow The message SafeTaxi N A appears in white if no SafeTaxi data is available on the database card Selecting the DCLTR Softkey removes the taxiway markings and airport identification labels Selecting the DCLTR 1 Softkey removes VOR station ID the VOR symbol and intersection names if within the airport plan view Selecting the DCLTR 2 Softkey removes the airport runway layout unless the airport in view is part of an active route structure Selecting the DCLTR 3 Softkey cycles back to the original map detail Configuring SafeTaxi Range 1 While viewing the Navigation Map Page press the MENU Key to display the PAGE MENU 2 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Map Setup Menu Option and press the ENT Key PAGE MENU OPTIONS Declutter Measure Bearing Distance Show Chart Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to base page Figure 11 2 Navigatio
20. Since more radar energy is reflected back to the antenna with a low incident angle the resulting detectable range is increased for mountainous terrain Figure 10 29 Angle of Incidence 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE 10 20 Safe Operating Distance The zone in which the radiation level exceeds the US Government standard of 1 mW cm2 is the semicircular area of at least 9 16 feet from the 10 inch antenna Figure 10 30 All personnel must remain outside of this zone With a scanning or rotating beam the averaged power density at the Maximum Permissible Exposure Level MPEL boundary is significantly reduced MPEL Boundary A 9 16 for 10 antenna Figure 10 30 MPEL Boundary 10 non _ _ a a_ cour Basic Antenna Tilt Setup Normally the bottom of the radar beam is four degrees below parallel with the ground With the aircraft flying level adjust the antenna tilt so ground returns are displayed at a distance that equals the aircrafts current altitude AGL divided by 1 000 For example if the aircraft is at 14 000 feet adjust the tilt so the front edge of ground returns are displayed at 14 nautical miles Note this antenna tilt angle setting Raise the antenna tilt 6 degrees above this setting The bottom of the radar beam is now angled down 4 degrees from parallel with the ground With the antenna ti
21. The LOWALT annunciation is not available when the G1000 is configured with TAWS Terrain Awareness amp Warning System unless TAWS is inhibited When the Final Approach Fix FAF is the active waypoint in a GPS WAAS approach using vertical guidance a LOW ALT Low Altitude annunciation may appear if the current aircraft altitude is at least 164 feet below the prescribed altitude at the FAF The annunciation initially flashes After a few seconds the flashing stops and the annunciation is displayed as shown in Figure 2 10 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 2 5 SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS Low Altitude VNV Target Annunciation Altitude Vertical Deviation Vertical Speed Figure 2 10 Low Altitude on GPS Approach 2 4 VERTICAL DEVIATION GLIDEPATH GLIDESLOPE INDICATOR A NOTE VNV altitudes displayed on the Active Flightplan Page must be designated for use in vertical guidance Glidepath The Vertical Deviation and Required Vertical Speed ar Indicators appear when vertical guidance is being given prior to executing an approach see Figure 2 11 The Glidepath Indicator appears at a point prior to the FAF when executing an LPV LNAV VNAV or LNAV V approach see Figure 2 12 uw ron Of 3000 Figure 2 12 Glidepath Indicator The Glideslope Indicator appears when an ILS approach has been activated and an ILS is tuned in the active NAV receiver field see Figure 2 13
22. Trend Current Vector Altitude Barometric Radar Altimeter Altitude Minimums Bug Barometric Setting Box Figure 2 7 Altimeter Altitude Reference Bug The Altitude Reference Bug is displayed at the Selected Altitude or the edge of the tape whichever is closer to the current altitude to provide increased altitude awareness and to set the desired hold altitude for the autopilot Set the Altitude Reference Bug Turn the ALT Knobs to set the Altitude Reference Bug The small ALT Knob sets the hundreds and the large ALT Knob sets the thousands This altitude also appears in the Altitude Reference Box above the Altimeter Altitude Trend Vector The end of the trend vector displays approximately what the altitude will be in 6 seconds if the current rate of vertical speed is maintained Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Barometric Setting Box Select barometric pressure Turn the BARO Knob to select the desired setting Quickly enter standard pressure 1 Select the PFD Softkey 2 Select the STD BARO Softkey Synchronizing Altimeter Baro Settings 1 Select the AUX System Setup Page using the FMS Knob 2 Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor Time Format is highlighted 3 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Baro Sync ON OFF field 4 Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF 5 Press the FMS Knob to remove the curs
23. Turn the small FMS Knob to select the second rectangular page icon Select the NORMAL Softkey When the aircraft is airborne the system will automatically begin displaying traffic on the map OPERATING is displayed in the Traffic Mode field Select the ALT MODE Softkey to change the altitude volume Select the desired altitude volume by selecting the BELOW NORMAL ABOVE or UNREST unrestricted Softkey The selection is displayed in the Altitude Mode field Select the STANDBY Softkey to place the system in the Standby Mode STANDBY is displayed in the Traffic Mode field Rotate the Joystick clockwise to display a larger area or rotate counter clockwise to display a smaller area Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 10 7 SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE Operating Mode MeS a L a e ic EELU Altitude Mode STAR GE e be gt a Non Threat Traffic Non Bearing Traffic Traffic Advisory Offscale System is Unable to Aircraft is Out of Range Q Determine Bearing Aircraft Distance is 8 0 nm 1100 Above and Descending Proximity Traffic Aircraft is 1700 Above and Descending Non Threat Traffic i c Advisory Aircraft is 0 Above and Climbing i da STANDBY ill al 2 Sea ee ed Figure 10 12 Traffic Map Page Displaying Traffic on the Navigation Map i lt a ee 1 Ensure the KTA 870 system is operating With the Navigation Map displayed se
24. airport 5 Press the ENT Key The cursor is now displayed on ACTIVATE 6 Press ENT again to activate a Direct to Select a Direct to Destination to a Recently Entered Identifier 1 Press the Direct to 8 Key 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to the left Initially a flight plan waypoint list is displayed as in Figure 7 8 The list is only populated when navigating a flight plan __DIRECT TO amp MIAMI FL OFFSET SHH ors 1A 4HH ACTIVATE Figure 7 10 Recently Entered Waypoints List PFD 3 Turn the small FMS Knob to the right to display the RECENT waypoints as shown in Figure 7 10 4 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired airport 5 Press the ENT Key The cursor is now displayed on ACTIVATE 6 Press ENT again to activate a Direct to Cancelling Direct to Navigation 1 Press the Direct to G8 Key 2 Press the MENU Key to display the Options Window The cursor flashes on Cancel Direct to NAV 3 Press the ENT Key to cancel the direct to 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 7 NAVIGATION 7 3 NAVIGATING AN EXAMPLE FLIGHT PLAN O NOTE The following example flight plan is for instructional purposes only All database information depicted should be considered not current The following discussion is an example of navigating a flight plan with the WAAS capable GPS system while the G1000 provides vertical guidance through descents A lateral flight plan LNAV would be
25. and ADF frequency 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 1 9 SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW units m ALT UNIT Displays softkeys for setting the altimeter and BARO settings to metric METERS When enabled displays altimeter in meters IN Select to display the BARO setting as inches of mercury HPA Select to display the BARO setting as hectopacals STD BARO Sets barometric pressure to 29 92 in Hg 1013 hPa A nn AH nnn A ESAN ECA Stay ona eno reco oer aes 4 es a a Select the BACK Softkey to return to the top level softkeys La Woe is Ee Ws ME e Ii 7 If menr ekse sack f mse Rn nnnonnorniearntienn ww Select the IDENT or BACK Softkey to return to the top level softkeys Figure 1 8 Transponder Softkeys XPDR Displays transponder mode selection softkeys XPDRI Selects the 1 transponder as active XPDR2 Selects the 2 transponder as active STBY Selects Standby Mode transponder does not reply to any interrogations ON Selects Mode A transponder replies to interrogations AIT Selects Mode C Altitude Reporting Mode transponder replies to identification and altitude interrogations GND Manually selects Ground Mode the transponder does not allow Mode A and Mode C replies but it does permit acquisition squitter and replies to discretely addressed Mode S interrogations VFR Automatically enters the VFR code 1200 in the U S A only CODE Displays transpond
26. 00708 00 Rev A Nearest Group Auxiliary Page Group Waypoint Page Group Map Page Group SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW Number of Pages in Current Group Selected Page Figure 1 10 Page Group Icon 1 7 VERTICAL NAVIGATION One of two altitude sources is used by the G1000 when giving vertical navigation guidance WAAS GPS altitude is used when giving guidance for a WAAS approach Baro corrected altitude is used when vertical guidance is given in all other situations The G1000 system can use altitude constraints associated with lateral waypoints to give guidance for vertical navigation These altitudes are depending on the specific instance entered by the pilot or retrieved from the published altitudes in the navigation database The navigation database only contains altitudes for procedures that call for Cross at altitudes If the procedure states Expect to cross at the altitude is not be in the database In this case the altitude may be entered manually NOTE All arrival procedure altitudes contained in the navigation database are for turbojet aircraft only Alter or enter altitudes as desired to comply with the ATC clearance 190 00708 00 Rev A When activating or loading an arrival or approach procedure into an active flight plan the VNV ALT fields are populated with any altitudes that can be retrieved from the navigation database Since altitudes loaded with an arrival procedure are published o
27. 26 7 5 13 14 WAAS precision approach 6 34 WARN 2 12 WATCH 10 28 10 29 Weather Attenuated Color Highlight 10 28 Weather data link page 10 4 Weather product symbol 10 5 Weather product symbols 10 6 Weather warnings 10 5 Wind data 1 9 2 9 Wind direction 10 5 Wind speed 10 5 X XM lightning 1 8 1 12 XM Radio Page 11 8 11 9 11 10 XM weather 10 3 10 4 XPDR softkey 4 4 4 5 4 6 190 00708 00 Rev A A GARMIN Garmin International Inc 1200 East 151st Street Olathe KS 66062 U S A p 913 397 8200 f 91 3 397 828 Garmin AT Inc oe 2345 Turner Road SE Salem OR 97302 U S A p 503 391 3411 f 503 364 2138 i EUN S d Garmin Europe Ltd Liberty House Bulls Copse Road Hounsdown Business Park Southampton S040 9RB U K p 44 0870 8501241 f 44 0870 8501251 Garmin Corporation No 68 Jangshu 2nd Road Shijr Taipei County Taiwan p 886 2 2642 9199 f 886 2 2642 9099 www garmin com 190 00708 00 Rev A 2007 Garmin Ltd or its subsidiaries
28. 3 Autopilot 6 24 6 26 Autopilot Disconnect 6 16 6 25 Backcourse Mode 6 22 Barometric minimum 2 7 2 8 12 2 Barometric pressure 1 10 Barometric setting Altimeter 2 1 Base reflectivity 10 4 Basic Empty Weight 8 8 8 9 Basic Operating Weight 8 9 Battery Alerts 3 9 13 2 Current 3 1 Overheat warning 3 8 13 1 Voltage 3 1 Bearing line 10 24 10 26 10 27 BKSP softkey 4 5 BRG1 2 12 BRG2 2 12 C Cabin pressure altitude 3 1 Warning 3 8 13 1 Cargo 8 9 CAS Messages 13 1 Category 11 8 INDEX CDI 2 10 2 12 7 3 7 07 12 7 17 7 21 9 2 13 21 Cell 10 2 Cell mode 10 2 Cell movement 10 5 Channel List 11 8 ChartView 11 3 11 4 11 5 Chart not available 11 3 Chart options 11 4 Cloud tops 10 4 Code selection 4 5 4 6 CODE softkey 4 5 4 6 Color scheme 11 6 Communication COM Frequency Window 2 1 Comparator 13 3 COM Frequency Window 4 1 COM knob 4 3 Controls 4 1 Control Wheel Steering CWS 6 25 Course Deviation Indicator CDI 2 1 Create a new user waypoint 8 1 Crew Alerting System CAS Inhibits 3 10 Cyclones 10 5 D Databases 1 15 Dead Reckoning 2 12 12 2 Decision height 2 7 Declutter 1 7 1 12 Departures 9 1 DH 2 7 Differential cabin pressure 3 1 Warning 3 8 13 1 Direct to 7 1 7 5 7 11 7 12 8 10 Door status 3 6 DR 2 12 DR mode 12 2 12 3 Dual CDU failure 12 1 E ECHO TOPS 10 4 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Index 1 INDEX Inde
29. 5 Autopilot and Yaw Damper Operation 6 24 PORE CONE Ol oresonn ROA 6 24 COntrorNPEEIS ENO aea 6 25 DISENGAGE MEN uinen 6 25 6 6 Procedures 000 cscs 6 26 BE e E E 6 26 Intercepting a VOR Radial uciiysce iibscccckonciilidecetcieases 6 28 Flying a Flight Plan GPS COUrS ssssessecsessesseeen 6 29 DECON nonr NAO 6 30 POG ngaere 6 33 Go Around Missed Approach sssssssssssssssssssssssrrrrennn 6 35 6 7 AFCS Annunciations and Alerts 6 36 RFCS Status Alei nann 6 36 Overspeed Protection c sccssessessessesessessessesneerees 6 37 SECTION 7 NAVIGATION 7 1 7 4 Navigation Map Pag ccccccsceeeeen 7 1 7 2 Direct to Navigation 0 0 cc cscs 7 1 Direct to Navigation trom the MFD 7 1 Direct to Navigation from the PFD s 7 3 7 3 Navigating an Example Flight Plan 7 5 7 4 Airport Information 0 0 cee 7 23 7 5 Intersection Information 0 0 0 0 c08 7 25 7 6 NDB Information 0 0 0 cc ccc cea 7 25 7 7 VOR Information ceca 7 26 7 8 User Waypoint Information Page 7 26 7 9 Nearest Airports 0 css 7 26 Nearest Airport Information on the MFD e0ee 7 26 Nearest Airports Information on the PFD 1 21 7 10 Nearest Intersections 1111sssrrrrrrrrrsn 1 28 7 11 Nearest NDB 00 cece 1 28 7 12 Nearest VOR ccs 1 29 7 13 Nearest User Waypoint 0 ccc
30. 7 18 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 136 975 136 375 y FPL ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN NORTH UP m ACTIVE FLIUHI PLAN a KNKC KCOS NO DAIA DTPD S DIK DIS Arrival KCOS TBEDBRY TALL TBE oo OPSHN 3nn ee OPSHN FSHER sins L PYNON 352 Tine 10200r1 FALUR D f Approuch KCOS RNAV 35Rers LPY 3 F HABUK inf 021 5 9m ELETE FALUR 261 SOn 860001 CEGIX fof 351 6O Wbiry RW3SR map 351 5 1 net CURRENT UNY PROFILE active VNV HPE S0OOFI at HABUK iof VS TGI 1061FPH FPA 3 0 YS REO 693FPM TINE TO TOD 00 35 V DEY 620Ff1 rKPUB PUD wk Bs 8 6 PUEBLO i TERRAIN J 100FT g IPAn M VIEW VNV PROF CNCL VNV VNU E 18600 C4 LE w 18500 ok Figure 7 44 Approaching PYNON 190 00708 00 Rev A 21 Upon passing PYNON the approach procedure automatically becomes active The approach may be activated at any point to proceed directly to the IAF In this example the aircraft has progressed through the final waypoint of the arrival and the flight plan has automatically sequenced to the IAF as the active leg activating the approach procedure see Figure 7 45 NORIH UP SS ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN TFR KHKC KCOS NO DATA OPSHN 3Nn OPSHN FSHER PYNON iiae es tore KCOS RNAV 3SRers LP HABLUK inf 021 4 Dnr ANNE T FALUR 261 5 Bnet BHM 1 CEGIX fof 351 6 0ne FUDD 1 RWSSR map 351 5 net EJ68Ff t 348 0 4 a et MOGAL mahp IDAAN FALUR im CURRENT YAY PROFILE
31. 7 40 VDI amp RVSI Showing Correctly Established Descent 17 When the aircraft is one minute from the bottom of descent BOD an annunciation is displayed as shown in Figure 7 41 Upon reaching the offset waypoint for OPSHN the aircraft will be at 10 000 feet BOD within 1 minute 36 975 pray Oo o an j IH En i Tp BE Figure 7 41 Approaching Bottom of Descent BOD at OPSHN Offset Waypoint 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 7 NAVIGATION 18 The aircraft is approaching OPSHN The upcoming turn and next heading is annunciated at the top left of the PFD as seen in Figure 7 42 Initiate the turn and maneuver the aircraft on a track through the turn radius to intercept the magenta line for the OPSHN to FSHER leg and center the CDI Turn right to 357 in 10 seconds ere G49 FPL ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN WORTH UF ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN TFR KMKC KCOS NO DATA TBE KCOS Arrival KCOS TBEDBRY1 ALL TBE OPSHN 3nn gt OPSHN 258 2 7 met FSHER 352 3 Bnet PYNON 352 11 91 Approuch KCOS RNAV 3SRers LPY HABLK inf 021 5 Snet FALUR 261 5 0ne CURRENT YNY PROFILE ACTIVE YNY PT 9000r7 VS TOT 1061Fen FPA Un RED FPN lim 10 100 ot HABUK iof Y DEY 60f 1 VIEW VNV PROF CNCL VNV VNU amp A J 4 a ey y A ee ee _ s W NAA f X ar ng s L Be N os Kom A WA ks 2 d ee K l AA DARO ad 7 AEDES ene ft N eai T x B 0 a a ae aN a IE Figure 7
32. AGL 1000 AGL 1000 AGL 1000 AGL Figure 10 15 Obstacle Symbols 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 10 9 SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE Displaying Terrain and Obstacles on the Navigation Map 1 2 10 6 With the Navigation Map displayed select the MAP Softkey Select the TERRAIN Softkey Terrain and obstacle proximity is now be displayed on the map TERRAIN AWARENESS amp WARNING SYSTEM TAWS DISPLAY OPTIONAL NOTE Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft latitude is greater than 75 degrees north or 60 degrees south NOTE TAWS operation is only available when the G1000 is configured for a TAWS B installation Displaying Terrain on the TAWS Page 1 _ i 10 10 3 4 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group Turn the small FMS Knob to select the TAWS Page If desired select the VIEW Softkey to access the ARC and 360 Softkeys When the ARC Softkey is selected a radar like 120 view is displayed Select the 360 Softkey to return to the 360 default display Rotate the Joystick clockwise to display a larger area or rotate counter clockwise to display a smaller area Figure 10 17 TAWS Page ARC View Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE Terrain Obstacle Location Alert Level Terrain Obstacle above or within WARNING 100 be
33. ALERTS 13 1 13 1 CAS Messages 0 ccc 13 1 WeattiiliGiViGSSACS scctassseccatsaeninsnsaiiasieniensanrtite 13 1 Caution MISSA ES sais catbacantasesidatatessdunusoscenneniivontanpael 13 2 13 2 Comparator Annunciations 0 0 008 13 3 13 3 Reversionary Sensor Annunciations 13 4 13 4 TAWS Alerts eres 13 4 TAWS System Status Annunciations s es 132 13 5 Other G1000 Aural Alerts 0 cccceses 13 6 13 6 G1000 System Message Failure Annunciations 00 00 cece eeseeseestessteaneean 13 6 Message Advisory Alerts c sscessessessesseesessessessean 13 9 MFD amp PFD Message AdVISOFGS ssssessesseesecen 13 9 Database Message AdVISOFES ccssceseseeseereesen 13 11 GMA 1347D Message AdVISOFIES cessecsceseesseeseen 13 12 GIA 63W Message Advisories sscssessessecseesneeen 13 13 GEA 71 Message Advisories c sscesseeseeseereesesseean 13 16 GTX 33 amp GTX 33D Message Advisories uo 13 16 GRS 77 Message AdVISOFGS ccssesssesssessesseesneeen 13 17 GMU 44 Message Advisories n u 13 18 GDL 69A Message Advisories ccssceseeseeseesesseeen 13 18 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 TABLE OF CONTENTS GWX 68 Alert MeSSaQ S ssscessecsessesseeseesessean 13 18 GDC 74B Message Advisories u un 13 19 GCU 475 Message Advisories 13 19 GMC 710 Message Advisories scessceseeseeseesesseeen 13 20 Miscellaneous Message AdVISOFES
34. Bars Indicate Climb to Attain Vertical Speed Reference Figure 6 9 Vertical Speed Hold Mode 6 8 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A Flight Level Change Mode FLC NOTE The Selected Altitude should be set before selecting Flight Level Change Mode Flight Level Change Mode is selected by pressing the FLC Key This mode acquires and maintains the Airspeed Reference while climbing or descending to the Selected Altitude shown above the Altimeter When Flight Level Change Mode is active the flight director continuously monitors Selected Altitude airspeed Mach and altitude Flight Level Change Mode Active Reference naw 168 08 117 95 117 95 MAg Eh p Airspeed Reference Airspeed Reference Bug SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL The Airspeed Reference is set to the current airspeed upon mode activation Flight Level Change Mode is indicated by a green FLC annunciation beside the Airspeed Reference in the AFCS Status Box The Airspeed Reference is also displayed directly above the Airspeed Indicator along with a bug corresponding to the Airspeed Reference along the tape Engine power must be adjusted to allow the autopilot to fly the aircraft at a pitch attitude corresponding to the desired flight profile climb or descent while maintaining the Airspeed Reference The flight director maintains the current altitude until either engine power or the Airsp
35. FLIGHT PLAN KMEC KEUS DTE DIS Departure KMKC ALL TIFTOZTIFT MCI TIFTO 206 BOJIH Enroute SLN 240 903M Airway V244 LAA HYS 262 TAII LAA fan TED Airvay V263 TBE TBE 210 TIIN c LOP eI MENEH OPEKA LOCATION ERG B2 DIS 22 9NH Fress ENT to accept KCOS 327 1061H CURRENT YNY PROFILE eae on act Z Figure 7 14 Entering V4 Entry Point VS TOT y S d Press the ENT Key TOP is now inserted into the flight plan as in Figure 7 15 Figure 7 13 Begin Adding V4 to the Flight Plan ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN MCI TIFTO Enroute TOP SN Airvoy V244 L4A HIS LAA Airway Y263 TBE KEUS CURRENT WHW PROFILE ACTIVE WNW WPT WS TGT VS REQ Figure 7 15 TOP Inserted into the Flight Plan 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 7 NAVIGATION e With SLN still highlighted as in Figure 7 15 turn ENTRY the small FMS Knob to the right The Waypoint ue Information Page is displayed and the LD AIRWY Ie Softkey is now available f Select the LD AIRWY Softkey to display the list of available airways for TOP as seen in Figure 7 16 ENTRY TOF Figure 7 17 List of Available Exits for V4 I If necessary turn either FMS Knob to select the desired exit In this case Salina VOR SLN is selected as seen in Figure 7 17 Te i J Press the ENT Key The selected airway and exit Figure 7 16 List of
36. Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Low Bank Mode When in Low Bank Mode the flight director limits the maximum commanded roll angle to 15 Low bank arc limits are displayed in green along the Roll Scale as seen in Figure 6 22 Low Bank Mode can be manually selected deselected by pressing the BANK Key while in Heading Select or Navigation Modes GPS and VOR Low Bank Mode is activated automatically above 25 000 feet The flight director deactivates Low Bank Mode when descending through 25 000 feet The annunciator light next to the BANK Key illuminates while Low Bank Mode is selected Figure 6 22 Low Bank Mode Limits 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Heading Select Mode HDG Turns are commanded in the same direction as Selected Heading Select Mode is activated by pressing the HDG Heading Bug movement even if the bug is turned more Key Heading Select Mode acquires and maintains the than 180 from the present heading e g a 270 turn to Selected Heading The Selected Heading is shown by a the right However Selected Heading changes of more light blue bug on the HSI and in the box to the upper left than 330 at a time result in turn reversals of the HSI Changing the Selected Heading NOTE Pressing the HDG Knob synchronizes the Selected Heading to the current heading The Selected Heading is adjusted using the HDG Knob on either PFD Pressing the CWS Button and hand tlying the aircraft does no
37. MFD1 DB ERR MFD1 Sate Taxi database error exists PFD1 DB ERR PFD1 Safe Taxi database error exists PFD2 DB ERR PFD2 Safe Taxi database error exists MFD1 DB ERR MFD1 Chartview The MFD and or PFDs detected a failure in the ChartView database optional database error exists feature Ensure that the data card is properly inserted Replace data card It problem persists The G1000 system should be serviced MFD1 DB ERR MFD1 FliteCharts The MFD and or PFDs detected a failure in the FliteCharts database optional database error exists feature Ensure that the data card is properly inserted Replace data card It problem persists The G1000 system should be serviced DB MISMATCH Aviation database The PFDs and MFD have different aviation database versions installed Crossfill is version mismatch Xtalk is off off Install correct aviation database version in all displays DB MISMATCH Aviation database The PFDs and MFD have different aviation database types installed Americas type mismatch Xtalk is off European etc Crossfill is off Install correct aviation database type in all displays DB MISMATCH Terrain database The PFDs and MFD have different terrain database versions installed Install correct version mismatch terrain database version in all displays 13 12 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A The MFD and or PFD detected a failure in the airpor
38. Operation 5 2 Optional NAV radios 4 3 Overspeed protection autopilot 6 4 Oxygen Pressure 3 1 Warning 3 8 13 1 P Page group icon 1 13 Passenger 8 9 Passengers 8 9 PA Key 5 3 PDA 10 12 PFD 1 1 4 1 4 4 Pilot and Stores Weight 8 9 PIT 13 3 PLAY key 5 4 Premature Descent Alert 10 12 Preset channels 11 9 Procedures GFC 700 6 26 6 37 Propeller speed 3 1 INDEX R Radio ID 11 7 Remove departure arrival or approach 8 6 Replies 4 5 Required Vertical Speed 2 6 7 16 Required Vertical Speed Indicator 7 16 Reversionary Mode EICAS 3 1 3 7 ROC 10 12 10 15 13 4 13 5 Roll Hold Mode 6 18 RTC 10 12 RVSI 7 16 7 17 RX indicator 4 3 R indication 4 5 S SafeTaxi 11 1 11 2 Scheduler 11 11 Sector scan 10 26 10 27 Secure Digital SD card 1 15 Selected Altitude 2 1 6 6 6 8 6 9 6 10 6 13 Selected Altitude Capture Mode 6 6 6 7 6 8 6 10 6 16 Selected Course 6 21 6 22 6 23 Selected Heading 6 19 Sensor 13 4 Severe thunderstorm 10 5 SIGMET 10 5 Slip Skid Indicator 2 1 Slip Skid indicator 2 3 Softkeys PFD 2 1 Softkey function MFD 1 7 Squelch 5 3 STAB 10 27 STBY softkey 4 5 Store Flight Plan 8 7 Stormscope lightning data 10 2 10 3 Strike 10 2 Strike mode 10 2 System message advisories 13 6 System time 2 1 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Index 3 INDEX Index 4 T TAF 10 3 Takeoff Mode 6 16 TAS 10 7 10 8 10 22 10 27 13 17 T
39. Select the Map Page Group Activating radar on ground 2 Select the Weather Radar Page sea daa eee 3 Select the MODE Softkey activating rada 4 To select Weather Mapping Mode YES or NO a While on the ground select the STANDBY Softkey A one minute warm up period is initiated Figure 10 36 Confirming Activating Radar countdown is displayed on the screen After the warm up is complete the radar enters the Standby Mode b When the aircraft is airborne select the WEATHER Softkey Or a While on the ground select the WEATHER Softkey A confirmation window is displayed Figure 10 36 b Turn the small FMS Knob to highlight YES and press the ENT Key to continue radar activation Or If the aircraft is airborne select the WEATHER Softkey A one minute warm up period is initiated countdown is displayed on the screen After the warm up is complete the radar begins transmitting 5 Turn the Joystick to select the desired map range 6 The horizontal scan is initially displayed Figure 10 35 If desired select the VERTICAL Softkey to change to vertical scanning 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 10 23 SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE Vertically Scanning a Storm Cell NOTE Vertical scanning of a storm cell should be done with the aircraft wings level to avoid constant adjustment of the Bearing Line 1 While in the Horizontal Scan view select the BRG Softk
40. Softkey on the MFD 2 Select the RA TEST Softkey The Radar Altitude 5 acai window displays 50 feet indicating a properly functioning system Figure 2 17 Barometric Minimum Descent Altitude 3 Selecting the RA TEST Softkey again or exiting the Alerting Visual Annunciations System Page cancels the test 2 8 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A 2 9 WIND DATA When the window is selected for display but wind information is invalid or unavailable the window shows NO WIND DATA Wind data can be displayed in three different ways e Wind direction arrows with headwind and crosswind components Option 1 e Wind direction arrow and speed Option 2 e Wind direction arrow with direction and speed Option 3 Option 1 Option 2 No Data NO WIND Option 3 DATA Figure 2 19 Wind Data Window Displaying wind data 1 Select the PFD Softkey 2 Select the WIND Softkey to display wind data below the Selected Heading 3 Select one of the OPTN softkeys to change how wind data is displayed 4 To remove the Wind Data Window select the OFF Softkey 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS 2 10 HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR HSI A Turn Rate Indicator 2 Ground Track Bug G Lateral Deviation Scale Navigation Source Aircraft Symbol 6 Course Deviation Indicator Q Rotating Compass Rose OBS Mode 9 TO FROM Indicator Heading Bug
41. Turn either FMS Knob to highlight the desired airway 8 10 LOAD AN ARRIVAL 9 Press the ENT Key A list of available exits is now displayed 10 Turn either FMS Knob to highlight the desired exit See the Procedures section for a discussion on loading and activating arrival procedures 8 11 LOAD AN APPROACH See the Procedures section for a discussion on loading and activating approach procedures 8 12 REMOVE A DEPARTURE ARRIVAL APPROACH OR AIRWAY FROM A FLIGHT PLAN 1 With the Active or Stored Flight Plan Page displayed press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 2 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the title for the approach departure arrival or airway to be deleted Titles appear in white directly above the procedure s waypoints Figure 8 18 Select Desired Exit Point oe i 3 Press the CLR Key to display a confirmation window 11 With the desired exit point highlighted press the With OK highlighted press the ENT Key to remove ENT Key the selected procedure or airway 12 With LOAD highlighted press the ENT Key 8 6 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A 8 13 STORE A FLIGHT PLAN 1 After creating a flight plan on either the PFD or MED it may be saved by pressing the MENU Key 2 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Store Flight Plan and press the ENT Key 3 With OK highlighted press the ENT Key to store the flight plan Fi
42. active YNY PT 9000r1 at HABUK iof vS TOT 1061F FPA 3 0 US RED 1192Frm Tine TO HOD 00 48 V DEV 60f 1 TERRAIN eT g 1000rr Ay 20nn VIEW VNV PROF CNCL VNV VNU amp SHW CHRT Figure 7 45 Approach is Now Active To manually activate the approach procedure perform the following steps a Press the PROC Key b Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ACTIVATE APPROACH as shown in Figure 7 46 PROCEDURES OPTIONS ACTIVATE VECTOR TO FINAL ACTIVATE APPROACH SELECT APPROACH SELECT ARRIVAL SELECT DEPARTURE Figure 7 46 Manually Activate Approach 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 7 NAVIGATION c Press the ENT Key to activate the approach 22 The IAF is the next waypoint At the TOD establish a descent vertical speed as previously discussed in Step 16 The aircraft altitude will be 9 000 feet upon reaching HABUK DIK IKK EIE FPL ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN NORIH UP f ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN KHKC KCOS GSB GE TF TFR OPSHN 3nNn OPSHN FSHER PYNON aS yy ee toe KCOS RNAV 3SRers LP HABUK inf 261 2 40 ANE T FALUR 261 PASI BRINI 1 CEGIX fof 351 6 0ne FD i RWSSR map 351 ALG BJ68Ff t 348 D4mi pamir MOGAL mahp LAMAN if CURRENT YNY PROFILE Active uv wer 9000r at HABUK iof VS TOT 1061F FPA 3 0 US RED FPM TINE 10 ROD 00 17 V DFY 70Ff1 TERRAIN ileT g 18006FT ay JONN VIEW VNV PROF CNCL VNV VNU amp Figure 7 47 Descending Turn to the Initial Approach Fix IAF
43. additional information please refer to our web site at www garmin com prop65 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A RECORD OF REVISIONS Part Number Change Summary 190 00708 00 Initial Release Revision Date of Revision Affected Pages November 2007 ithrough Index 4 Production Release 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 RR 1 RECORD OF REVISIONS Blank Page RR 2 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW n 1 1 Course Deviation Indicator CDI sss 2 10 1 1 PFD Controls ccccccccccccccccccccccccsccccsessssscesseeesee 1 2 Bearing Pointers and Information WindoWS 065 2 12 1 2 Controls Associated With the MFD 1 4 DME OpUON Ainara 2 12 1 3 AFCS Corrosion 1 5 Navigation SOUNCE sz secccesessacaveacesnenconmmmesnnemecsavan 2 12 1 4 PFD Softkey Map 1 7 2 11 Generic Timer oo cesses 2 13 1 5 MFD Softkey Map 1 11 1 6 MFD Page erates S 1 12 SECTION 3 ENGINE amp AIRFRAME SYSTEMS 3 1 1 7 Vertical Navigation 0 0 c ccse een 1 13 spain a eo ee eee 7 1 8 Backlighting c cccccssssssssssseseneen 1 15 E E a aa Rn lc 1 9 sera iets NA EEA EA 1 15 3 3 General Systems T Saati yanaeateted 36 Jeppesen Aviation Database scsssecsesrnereesseen 1 15 3 4 e Sauer sh Ee Garmin Databases De ae A
44. ae te ee ee ean ee A 1 16 eee all FOPIUIZAUION ssssssesesesesesessssssssetsesenenens 1 10 Pilot Profiles 1 17 Display INNIDItS urrretsrnteneintenenienennenesen 3 10 sr ee l 17 SECTION 4 NAV COM AND TRANSPONDER 4 1 3e ec Ue Prot a ee a ie 4 1 Radio Status Indications cccccce 4 3 Renaming a Profile s crash ianrssit ciara areaauats 1 18 42 Volume 4 3 Deleting a Profile s ssssssssstsrrssstsrrsrsttrrsrsttnrrsnnnrerennnn 1 18 4 3 Automatic Squelch wc ceseeeeeeseen 4 3 SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS 2 1 4 4 Quickly a i 2 1 Airspeed Indicator 2 3 t9 a E Speed Indication atosing e a o rae war aes tre ete hee f a TOMO VOC Ol aione cesronieates atraecciae 2 3 DME Radio Optional isisisiieninnenneniennes 4 4 Vspeed References 2 3 4 6 Frequency Auto tuning SS ADE MADAANAN E AAR 4 4 True Aitspeed BOX utcuinnnunninininninnnnd 3 Auto tuning on the PFD nnrnnnmnninninninnnnn 4 4 2 2 Attitude Indicator ese 2 3 Auto tuning on the MFD nissan i 23 Atimeter 2 4 4 7 Transponder 4 4 Altitude Reference BUG cscessessesssesseesessesseeaneesees 2 4 sa SELECHON sas sstsi tennis rA Altitude Trend Vector usien 2 4 Reply i a a te ueannar re atgesNeaeee es 4 9 Barometric s tting BOX is cceve csesssasnetanarecidaaswonumbennty 2 4 Code Selection Soe arene vents nea arenna Nene pe tists 4 9 Altitude Alerting E ase Sits ent ea ate ree ons ee 2 4 Flight ID Reporting a i etna Deal RNR eA nes 4 6 Barometric Transition Al
45. aiming point is just below the freezing level of the storm The best way to find this point is to use the Vertical Scan feature The antenna tilt angle can be centered on the strongest return area in the vertical scan to get a more accurate view of the coverage and intensity of the target in the horizontal scan Adjusting Antenna Tilt on the Horizontal Scan Display 1 Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor in the TILT field 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired antenna tilt angle 3 Press the ENT Key 4 Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor Caan The Joystick can also be used to adjust tilt up Figure 10 39 Adjusting Tilt on Vertical Scan Display and down Adjusting Antenna Tilt on the Vertical Scan Display 1 Select the TILT Softkey to activate the cursor in the TILT field and display the Tilt Line as seen in Figure 10 39 If the Tilt Line is not displayed press the MENU Key and turn the large FMS Knob to select Show Tilt Line Press the ENT Key 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust the antenna tilt angle The selected tilt angle is implemented when Horizontal Scan is again selected The Joystick can also be used to adjust tilt 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 10 25 SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE Adjusting Gain 1 2 HORIZON iauie Ge 10 26 WARNING Changing the gain in weather mode causes precipitation intensity to be d
46. an X as shown in Figure 12 3 BUUUOU Figure 12 3 Loss of Hazard Functions with Loss of GPS Position 12 6 DEAD RECKONING WARNING DR Mode is inherently less accurate than the standard GPS WAAS Mode due to the lack of satellite measurements needed to deter mine a position Changes in wind speed and or wind direction compound the relative inaccuracy of DR Mode Because of this degraded accuracy the crew must maintain position awareness using other navigation equipment until GPS derived position data is restored While in Enroute or Oceanic phase of flight if the G1000 detects an invalid GPS solution or is unable to calculate a GPS position the system automatically reverts to Dead Reckoning DR Mode In DR Mode the G1000 190 00708 00 Rev A uses its last known position combined with continuously updated airspeed and heading data when available to calculate and display the aircrafts current estimated position NOTE Dead Reckoning Mode only functions in Enroute ENR or Oceanic OCN phase of flight In all other phases an invalid GPS solution produces a NO GPS POSITION annunciation on the map and the G1000 stops navigating in GPS Mode DR Mode is indicated on the G1000 by the appearance of the letters DR superimposed in yellow over the own aircraft symbol as shown in Figure 12 4 In addition DR is prominently displayed also in yellow on the HSI slightly above and to the right of the ai
47. desired point on the map to be inserted as a waypoint in the flight plan Select the LD WPT Softkey The selected waypoint is inserted at the end of the flight plan The default user waypoint naming is USROOO USROO1 USROO2 and so on If the selected waypoint is to be placed elsewhere in the flight plan press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor Waypoints are inserted ABOVE the cursor After placing the cursor at the desired point in the list of waypoints select the LD WPT Softkey To change the user waypoint name follow the procedure for modifying a user waypoint Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 8 20 1 An da BASIC CAPTY HETGHT PILOT amp STORES AHIL 0 IA PASSENGERS amp ZERO FUEL HEIGHT WEIGHT PLANNING NOTE All weight planning page data fields displays data rounded to the nearest 10 pounds or 5 kilograms UK WEIGHT PLANNING S00 ZORO FUEL HEIGHT 6730 FUEL OH EPO 1460 AIRCRAFT HETI 8190 1 AT 160 ACH EBT LANDING METGHT 7630 EST LANDING FUEL s00 FUEL RERERVES 1 750 Figure 8 22 Weight Planning Page Enter Basic Empty Weight 1 2 3 Select the EMPTY WT Softkey or press the MENU Key highlight Set Basic Empty Weight and press the ENT Key to select the BASIC EMPTY WEIGHT field Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the basic empty weight Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry 190 00708 00 Rev A Enter a Pilot and Stores Weight
48. e A a et a a These softkeys are only available with the ChartView option Selecting the BACK Softkey returns to the Chart Selection Softkeys Figure 11 5 ChartView Softkeys 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 11 ADDITIONAL FEATURES 11 4 4 Turn the small and large FMS Knob to enter the desired airport identifier 5 Press the ENT Key 6 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Approach Box 7 Turn the small FMS Knob to show the approach chart selection choices 8 Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the available charts 9 With the desired chart displayed press the ENT Key ES DIE TRK ETE WPT APPROACH INF ORATION MLS RAY 0L 51 7 i 1 NH KPDK PDK E TE E a ATLANTA GA DEK ALB PEACHTREE J ILS Rwy 20L aui o rie wy zal 53 1 191 6 VOR DME RWY 27 53 2 Ag tier 1003 ma Vl Tes Fimi Lip j ZR JP p si Har mg PORK gE MED ARCH Climb t 1400 than aimag RIGHT ha i to BODO wie 330 dae 110 1 203 Trees Tit 12000 Pali Ser INCHES Trana level FL 180 ME a la f RADAR required 3 Use local altimeter tening if nat received ute Fulton Cas civ Field aliimener betting 3 65 unueeble for coupled approasch below 1900 4 Homerova towerd to heights of 2000 plus in sector south of ainpart Pilar cantralhed lighting 120 0 S00 wags A a eat HI Rt iee t 116 6 POK jr Figure 11 6 Chart Selection
49. e m a l PL TERRAIN Wien A ip Binh j T CHEL VAY SHH CHAT Figure 7 50 Missed Approach Active Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 7 NAVIGATION 26 The aircraft continues climbing to AT or ABOVE 10 000 feet at MOGAL A holding pattern is established at the MAHP MOGAL as shown in Figure 7 51 TRK 34 ere 0005 FPL ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN WORTH UP ACD IVE FL H PLAH IFR KHEC KEOS WO DATA FSHER PYNOM Aporacch KCOS RNAY SSRs LPW HABUE lof FALUR CEGIX fof l W Fi RH2SA mas MH B3GEFT AOGAL moh HOLD CURRENT VAY PROFILE ACTIVE VA WPT See TOT eS H FPA E HEU FPH TIHE 10 100 HLALR FORE RT i TERRAIN i mirr g iiir Fy CHEL VAV Figure 7 51 Establishing the Holding Pattern 7 22 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 27 The aircraft maintains 10 000 feet while following the magenta line through the hold as in Figure 7 52 IRK 4 ETE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN ORT UF ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN TER KMKC KCOS NO DATA FSHER PYNON fe Approuch KCOS RNAV 35Rers HABUK iaf m FALUR a CEGIX fof RWS5R map 6366r 1 MOGAL mahp CURRENT UNU PROFILE ACTIVE UNY HPI VS TOTI VS RED TERRAIN list g 100007 I ay 20nn i CNEL VNV Figure 7 52 Hold Established 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 7 NAVIGATION 7 4 AIRPORT INFORMATION Select an Airport from the Active Flight Pl
50. enabled e Non path descent in a VNV scenario While the flight director is following VNV guidance for descent Pitch Hold Vertical Speed or Flight Level Change Mode can be used to descend to the VNV Target Altitude prior to reaching the planned TOD Flight Level Change Mode is used in the example Flight Level Change descent 1 Select Flight Level Change Mode a Using the ALT SEL Knob set the Selected Altitude to 10 000 feet ALT Mode b Press the FLC Key to activate Flight Level Change Mode The annunciation FLC appears next to the Airspeed Reference which defaults to the current aircraft airspeed Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed automatically GPS LEAP YD ALTS c Press the SPD Key to display the Airspeed Reference in Mach a GPS EAP YD ALTS 2 3 Use the NOSE UP NOSE DN keys or push the CWS Button while hand flying the aircraft to adjust the commanded airspeed while maintaining the same power or reduce power to allow descent in Flight Level Change Mode while the autopilot maintains the current airspeed As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode indicated by the green ALTS annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds GPS EAP YD ALT The green ALT annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels
51. f CRS 356 i 1 J L n VAA i AS 1 JKT 21 y 31 O A i FLIGHT PLAN UNOY z KIKD DTK DIS UNOXY iaf ANGUM be JIKLA for yy RW36 mop 1316FT C1 AFCS Status Annunciation C DMEF Information Window Traffic Annunciation BRG2 Information Window G Vspeed References 11 Flight Plan Window 4 Radar Altimeter Indication 12 Barometric Radar Altimeter Minimums Window Selected Heading Window 13 Selected Course Window O Wind Data Window Altitude Reference Bug 7 Inset Map 15 Barometric Radar Altimeter Minimums Bug BRGI Information Window Vertical Deviation Glidepath Glideslope Indicator Figure 2 2 Additional PFD Information Distance to Next Waypoint Bearing to Next Zz Waypoint Active Flight Plan Leg Figure 2 3 PFD Navigation Status Box Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A 2 1 AIRSPEED INDICATOR Speed Ranges Airspeed Trend Vector Actual Airspeed sie Vspeed References Tf True Airspeed Box Figure 2 4 Airspeed Indicator Speed Indication The numeric labels and major tick marks on the moving tape are marked at intervals of 10 knots Minor tick marks are at intervals of 5 knots Speed indication starts at 20 knots High speed awareness is represented by a red and white barber pole If the airspeed trend vector reaches the barber pole the digits in the pointer turn yellow If the airspeed pointer reaches the barb
52. is provided as a reference and not match the published altitude is not designated to be used in in navigation database or no determining vertical speed and published altitude exists deviation guidance Small Text Altitude is not designated to Altitude is designated for use in be used in determining vertical giving vertical speed and deviation speed and deviation guidance guidance Altitude has been Altitude has been retrieved from retrieved trom the navigation the navigation database and is database or has been entered by provided as a reference the pilot and matches a published altitude in the navigation database Table 1 1 VNV Altitude Text Size and Color Altitudes that have been designated for use in vertical guidance may also be made non designated by placing the cursor over the desired altitude and pressing the CLR Key Other displayed altitudes may change due to re calculations or rendered invalid as a result of manually changing an KIXD KDFW altitude to a non designated altitude KARLA To help interpret the meanings of how the altitudes are iioe ats presented keep the following points in mind LEMYN The system cannot use this altitude in determining vertical speed and deviation guidance The system cannot use this altitude in determining vertical speed and deviation guidance ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN VA el Large White 221 9 0Nn 12400FT Ja nh eee aie Large Light e When the altitude is displayed i
53. modes The flight director may be turned off and the Command Bars removed from the dis plays by pressing the FD Key again The FD Key is dis abled when the autopilot is engaged Modes Selected Control Pressed 5 Vertical FD Key Roll Hold default ROL Pitch Hold default PIT AP Key Roll Hold default ROL Pitch Hold default PIT CWS Button Roll Hold default ROL Pitch Hold default PIT GA Switch Takeoff on ground TO Takeoff on ground TO Go Around in air GA Go Around in air GA ALT Key Roll Hold default ROL Altitude Hold ALT VS Key Roll Hold default ROL Vertical Speed VS VNV Key Roll Hold default ROL Vertical Path Tracking PTH GPS Navigation VOR Pitch Hold default PIT LOC BC Key Backcourse BC Pitch Hold default PIT Approach Pitch Hold default PIT HDG Key Heading Select HDG Pitch Hold default PIT Valid VNV flight plan must be entered before VNV Key press activates flight director The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course before NAV or APR Key press activates flight director The selected navigation receiver must have a valid LOC signal before BC Key press activates flight irector Table 6 1 Flight Director Activation 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 6 1 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Autopilot Yaw Damper Status Lateral Modes Status Vertical Modes Ar
54. most recent messages on top When a new red CAS warning message appears it flashes inversely red on white in conjunction with the Master Warning Indicator Pressing the Master Warning Indicator acknowledges all flashing red messages extinguishing the master warning lights and stops warning message flashing Once acknowledged CAS warning messages are shown in red text and are displayed until the issue is corrected 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 3 7 SECTION 3 ENGINE amp AIRFRAME SYSTEMS 3 8 Messages Comments Pilot or cabin door open Engine compartment fire temperature over 200 C if installed Fuel tank selectors set to Off Fuel pressure below 10 psi Engine start ITT over 1000 C 870 C 5 s or 840 C 20 s Engine running ITT over 840 C Table 3 3 Warning CAS Messages KE EE x AE EE RE a T EE RE Lit d When a new yellow caution message appears on the CAS display it flashes inversely black on yellow The Master Caution Indicator is also illuminated Pressing the Master Caution Indicator acknowledges all flashing yellow messages extinguishing the master caution lights and stops caution message flashing Messages are displayed until the issue is corrected Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 pt Pt TTSS ST ARES Cii Si lom 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 3 ENGINE amp AIRFRAME SY
55. must be reset manually Press the CLR Key or the TMR REF Softkey to remove the window Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 2 13 SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS Blank Page Jd Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 3 ENGINE amp AIRFRAME SYSTEMS SECTION 3 ENGINE amp AIRFRAME SYSTEMS CABIN PRESS ALT FT RATE FPH 18 a 56 A A O DIFF PSI d gt PROP rH 1890 OXY PSI 336 L FUEL QTY R USG 122 125 COO OIL FSI ELECTRICAL AMPS CABIN PRESS ALT FT 4406 DIFF PSI ae eS ee STALL HEAT ON PROP DEICE ON 0000000 OO Figure 3 1 EIS Display Normal Mode Figure 3 2 EIS Display Reversionary Mode Torque C CAS Display 13 Fuel Flow Propeller Speed Cabin Pressure Altitude and Change Rate 14 Fuel Pressure G Generator Speed C Differential Pressure 15 Battery and Generator Currents Interturbine Temperature Selected Cabin Altitude Battery and Essential Bus Voltages G Oil Pressure 11 Oxygen Pressure Fleyator Aileron and Rudder Trim l and Flap Position 6 Oil Temperature 12 Fuel Quantity 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 3 1 SECTION 3 ENGINE amp AIRFRAME SYSTEMS Green ranges on the instrument scales indicate normal ranges of operation yellow and red bands indicate caution and warning respectively
56. navigated in much the same way but would not include vertical guidance when the final approach course is active The example is a flight plan from KMKC to KCOS filed using the TIFTO2 departure various Victor Airways and the DBRY1 arrival with the transition at TBE Enroute altitude will be 12 000 feet An LPV WAAS approach will be selected for runway 35R A missed approach will be executed at the Missed Approach Point MAP A few enroute changes are demonstrated A NOTE If the loaded arrival procedure has published altitudes contained in the navigation database these are for turbojet aircraft only Accept or change these values as desired to meet the requirements of the clearance 1 Prior to departure the TIFTO2 departure the airways and the DBRY 1 arrival at KCOS are loaded See the Procedures section for loading departures and arrivals Note the magenta arrow in Figure 7 11 indicating the active departure leg After takeoff ATC assigns a heading of 240 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 ia SECTION 7 NAVIGATION 2 Figure 7 11 shows the aircraft on the assigned 3 ATC now assigns routing to join V4 A heading of heading of 240 TERM Terminal is the current 290 is assigned to intercept V4 The aircraft turns CDI flight phase displayed on the HSI indicating 1 0 to heading 290 as seen in Figure 7 12 nm CDI scaling m _ enprene HORIH UP ae ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN
57. navigation and LOI is annunciated other means of primary navigation is required such as VHE LOI is also displayed during GPS position initialization e WARN GPS detects a position error e SUSP Displayed when in OBS Mode indicating GPS waypoint sequencing is suspended e DR Navigating using Dead Reckoning due to an error in the GPS solution 190 00708 00 Rev A Figure 2 31 GPS LOI GPS SUSP LOC1 and VOR2 Enable disable OBS Mode while navigating with GPS 1 Select the OBS Softkey to select OBS Mode 2 Turn the CRS Knob to select the desired course to from the waypoint 3 Select the OBS Softkey again to disable OBS Mode NOTE The OBS Softkey is only displayed when navigating an active leg using GPS 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS 2 11 GENERIC TIMER REFERENCES TIMER 01 20 10 UP REFERENCES TIMER 00 25 05 DN REFERENCES TIMER 00 25 13 UP START STOP Figure 2 32 Timer Status Prompts Change the Generic Timer 1 Select the TMR REF Softkey then turn the large FMS Knob to select the time field hh mm ss Turn the FMS Knobs to set the desired time then press the ENT Key The UP DOWN field is now highlighted 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to display the UP DOWN window Turn the FMS Knob to select UP or DOWN then press the ENT Key START is now highlighted 3 Press the ENT Key to START STOP or RESET the timer if the timer is counting DOWN it
58. no flight plan is active use the FMS Knobs to enter the identitier of the desired airport Press the ENT Key Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Departure field Turn the small FMS Knob to display a list of available departures Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired departure and press the ENT Key AIRPORT KTSD P PUBLIC HEH CENTURY ADRCENTER OLATHE KS DEPARTURE GE cry i ALE Figure 9 1 Select Departure A list of runways may be displayed for the departure Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired runway and press the ENT Key A list of available transitions is displayed for the departure Turn either FMS Knob to highlight the desired transition waypoint and press the ENT Key 9 SECTION 9 PROCEDURES DEPARTURE CHIEFS RUNWAY ALL TRANSITION Figure 9 2 Select Departure Transition With LOAD highlighted press the ENT Key The departure is active when the flight plan is active Load and Activate An Arrival Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 6 Press the PROC Key Turn the large FMS Knob to hightlight SELECT ARRIVAL Press the ENT Key If a flight plan is active the destination airport is displayed as the default A list of available arrivals is also displayed If no flight plan is active use the FMS Knobs to enter the identifier of the desired airport Press the ENT Key Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Arrival field Turn the small FMS Knob to d
59. on Prop deice on while engine off Rear cargo door open xix xx x x ENGINE OFF ox x PtP S EE e e l F S S S S ENGINE ON SSS S S S S T Roun x x x xx x x xxx x x xo CETT E T pt Et ET l l L st i t l x lop 13 2 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS Messages Comments Stall warning heat on while engine off Starter generator running Vacuum pressure less than 3 75 in Hg Only affected side L R or L R displayed in CAS message applicable messages listed here display L R for example Inhibits prevent certain CAS messages from being displayed during the following conditions Engine off e Takeoff Operation Phase Inhibit TOPI e Engine on e Aircraft in air AIR e Aircraft on ground Ground e Landing Operation Phase Inhibit LOPI 13 2 COMPARATOR ANNUNCIATIONS Window Text Difference in altitude sensors is gt 200 ft If both airspeed sensors detect lt 35 knots this is inhibited If either airspeed sensor detects gt 35 knots and the difference in sensors is gt 10 kts If either airspeed sensor detects gt 80 knots and the difference in sensors is gt 7 kts Difference in heading sensors is gt 6 degrees Difference in pitch sensors is gt 5 degrees Difference in roll sensors is gt 6 degrees ARENOR Eol No data from one or both altitude sensors PNM eee
60. positive but less than or equal to the fuel reserves weight the following values are displayed in amber Estimated fuel at landing weight e Excess fuel weight If the estimated landing fuel weight is zero or negative then the following values are displayed in red Estimated fuel at landing weight e Excess fuel weight 8 21 TRIP PLANNING 1 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the AUX page group 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the first rectangular page icon 3 The current page mode is displayed at the top of the page AUTOMATIC or MANUAL To change the page mode select the AUTO or MANUAL Softkey Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 INPUT DATA TE i HOCAL HYE AQE ee D a FEAN TOLES BETES GE DTE DIS ETE ET ESA BUNRISE BUHSE 1 4 REE STATS yy UL SATS Starting WPT Ending WPT AUX TRIP PLANNING f BUTORATIC mresa KPL O0 Gg REJ CALIBRATED AS PROS TNO ALTITUDE gt PRESSURE LOTAL ATR TEAF Laal ETE OEF TLHE HERI FUEL FLOM EA 00nn FUEL OHHIMHE OTHER STATS DENSITY ALT TRUE AIRSPEED 2O0K1 HIND DIRECTION 316 HIND BPEPD DEI HEAD HIHD Dk EFFICIENCY 2800 DENSITY ALT FT LEEDU TOTAL ENDUR 03 29 REM FUEL 11 31 16200r1 HEH EMEHIE MEL REO t23 D127 TOTA Pihi t mI AAK ioooo0 Figure 8 23 Trip Planning Page For Direct to planning select the WPTS Soft
61. revision to this manual onto a hard drive or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for personal use provided that such electronic or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this copyright notice and provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited Garmin and G1000 are registered trademarks of Garmin Ltd or its subsidiaries FliteCharts and SateTaxi are trademarks of Garmin Ltd or its subsidiaries These trademarks may not be used without the express permission of Garmin NavData is a registered trademark ot Jeppesen Inc Stormscope and SkyWatch are registered trademarks of L 3 Communications and XM is a registered trademark ot XM Satellite Radio Inc Becker is a registered trademark of Becker Flugtunkwerk GmbH November 2007 190 00708 00 Rev A Printed in the U S A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 WARNINGS CAUTIONS amp NOTES B O O O O WARNING Navigation and terrain separation must NOT be predicated upon the use of the terrain function The G1000 Terrain Proximity feature is NOT intended to be used as a primary reference for terrain avoidance and does not relieve the pilot from the responsibility of being aware of surroundings during flight The Terrain Proximity feature is only to be used as an aid for terrain avoidance and is not certified f
62. the aircraft j o Cruise Altitude of 12 000 MSL Figure 6 37 FLC Descent ALT Mode 6 30 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A Vertical Path Tracking descent to VNV Target Altitude 1 Select VNV flight control a Press the VNV Key to arm Vertical Path Tracking Mode The white annunciation VPTH appears _ GPS LEAP YD VPTH b Using the ALT Knob set the Selected Altitude at least 75 feet below the flight plan s VNV Target Altitude of 10 000 feet This altitude was entered in the flight plan as a component of an offset waypoint from OPSHN intersection as indicated in the example flight plan in the Navigation section If the Selected Altitude is not adequately adjusted below the VNV Target Altitude the flight director will command descent to the Selected Altitude rather than the VNV Target Altitude once Vertical Path Tracking Mode becomes active ALTS is armed rather than ALTV c If Vertical Path Tracking Mode is armed more than 5 minutes prior to descent path capture acknowledgment is required for the flight director to transition trom Altitude Hold to Vertical Path Tracking Mode To proceed with descent path capture if the white VPTH annunciation begins flashing do one of the following N D ALT Mode Cruise Altitude of 12 000 MSL Oeag i E e SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL e Turn the ALT Knob to adjust the Selected Altitude e Press
63. to 2 nm Selecting GPS Approach Mode 1 Ensure a GPS approach is loaded into the active flight plan The active waypoint must be part of the flight plan cannot be a direct to a waypoint not in the flight plan 2 Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source use the CDI Softkey to cycle through Navigation sources if necessary 3 Press the APR Key GPS GPS e PIT ALTS GP Figure 6 26 GPS Approach Mode Armed LOC Approach Mode allows the autopilot to fly a LOC ILS approach with a glideslope When LOC Approach Mode is armed Glideslope Mode is also armed automatically LOC captures are inhibited if the difference between aircraft heading and localizer course exceeds 105 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 6 21 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Selecting LOC Approach Mode Changing the Selected Course 1 Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned The Selected Course on each PFD is controlled using the CRS1 and CRS2 knobs Pressing the CWS Button and hand tlying the aircraft does not change the Selected Course while in Approach Mode The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course or GPS flight 3 Press the APR Key plan when the CWS Button is released Or 1 Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if necessary 2 Ensure a LOC ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan 3 Ensure th
64. when the mode is activated In Pitch Hold Mode the flight director maintains a constant pitch attitude the pitch reference The pitch reference is set to the aircraft pitch attitude at the moment of mode selection If the aircraft pitch attitude exceeds the flight director pitch command limitations the flight director commands a pitch angle equal to the nose up down limit Pitch Hold Mode Active _ Command Bars Maintain Desired Pitch Reference 200 TAS 220KT Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Changing the Pitch Reference When operating in Pitch Hold Mode the pitch reference can be adjusted by Using the NOSE UP DN Wheel e Pressing the CWS Button hand flying the aircraft to establish a new pitch reference then releasing the CWS Button Selected Altitude Capture Mode ALTS Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed with activation of the following modes e Pitch Hold e Vertical Speed e Flight Level Change e Go Around e Vertical Path Tracking if the Selected Altitude is to be captured instead of the VNV Target Altitude Selected Altitude Capture Mode Armed Selected Altitude 14800 2 E 14700 E 14600 z Aima 29 921N 190 00708 00 Rev A The white ALTS annunciation indicates Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed see Figure 6 7 The ALT SEL Knob is used to set the Selected Altitude shown above the Altimeter until S
65. 0 1 CUSTOMIZING THE HAZARD DISPLAYS ON THE NAVIGATION MAP 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed press the MENU Key to display the Navigation Map Page Menu The cursor flashes on the Map Setup option 2 Press the ENT Key The Map Setup Menu is displayed Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather group Figure 10 2 to customize the display of weather features Select Traffic to customize the display of traffic 3 Press the small FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page PAGE MENU OPTIONS Declutter Measure Bearing Distance Show Chart HAP SETUP GROUP ce STRASCP LTNG STRMSCP MODE Cell STRASCP SHEL GGNM NEXRAD DATA 2ZO80NM NEXRD CELL HOW 4 On KM LTNG J ZQQ0NH Figure 10 2 Map Setup Menu HAP SETUP GROUP Mop n Un Troffic E AIl Traffic Aviation Land L I5 NH Darriu LoL S NH Figure 10 3 Map Setup Group List 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE 10 2 STORMSCOPE OPTIONAL WARNING Weather information on the G1000 MFD is approved for weather avoidance only not weather penetration Refer to the WX 500 Pilot s Guide for detailed operation Displaying Stormscope Lightning Data on the Navigation Map Page 1 Select the MAP Softkey 2 Select the STRMSCP Softkey Select the STRMSCP Softkey again to remove Stormscope Lightning Data from the Navigation Map Page DIR 255 IKE ZE EVIE 2132 HAF HAVIGATIOH HAP URED Figure 10
66. 00 MSL __ ss gt ALT Mode Selected Altitude HABUK A Figure 6 39 Non path Descent 6 32 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Approach KCOS Flying an ILS approach 1 Transition from GPS Navigation Mode to Heading fz Select Mode 2 a Select the Runway 35L ILS approach tor KCOS PETEY A into the flight plan and select VECTORS for the transition b Use the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading after getting vectors from ATC c Press the HDG Key The autopilot turns the aircraft to the desired heading 9 d Use Heading Select Mode to comply with ATC vectors as requested S HDG JeAP YD ALT 9000F7 2 Arm LOC Approach and Glideslope modes a Ensure the appropriate localizer frequency is p tuned 4 b Press the APR Key when cleared for approach to arm Approach and Glideslope modes LOC and GS Figure 6 40 ILS Approach to KCOS appear in white as armed mode annunciations LOC HDG AP YD ALT 9000 GS c The navigation source automatically switches to LOC After this switch occurs the localizer signal can be captured and the flight director determines when to begin the turn to intercept the tinal approach course The flight director now provides guidance to the Missed Approach Point 3 There are two options available at this point as the autopilot flies the ILS approach Push the AP DISC Switch
67. 1 Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the PILOT AND STORES field 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the pilot and stores weight 3 Press the ENT Key to contirm the entry The basic operating weight is calculated by adding the basic empty weight and the pilot and stores weight Enter Number of Passengers 1 Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the PASSENGERS field 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the number of passengers 3 Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry Enter Average Passenger Weight 1 Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the passenger weight field 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the average passenger weight 3 Press the ENT Key to confirm the entry The total weight of passengers is calculated by multiplying the number of passengers by the average passenger weight Enter Cargo Weight 1 Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the CARGO field 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the cargo weight 3 Press the ENT Key to contirm the entry The ZERO FUEL WEIGHT is calculated by adding the basic empty pilot and stores passenger and cargo weights 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 8 FLIGHT PLANNING Enter Fuel on Board Weight 1 Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and highlight the FUEL ON BOARD field 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the fuel on board 3 Press the ENT Key
68. 20 Weight Planning 00 00 00 8 8 Enter Basic Empty Weight 8 8 Enter a Pilot and Stores Weight scsesseseeseeseesen 8 9 Enter Number of PaSS ngers ccssessessessesssesseesessen 8 9 Enter Average Passenger Weight csscssssesesrecren 8 9 Enter Cargo Wei nt nrnna 8 9 Enter Fuel on Board Weight ccscssessesesseesseeseesen 8 9 Synchronizing Fuel on Board with Actual Measured Fueron BOAT csclcenss ceuchsceel che neceslecalalessead cestilaletred 8 9 Weight Caution And Warning Conditions 8 10 8 21 Trip Planning 0 c ccccccsceseesteeeeseesteeseeaen 8 10 SECTION 9 PROCEDURES 0 00o 9 1 9 1 Arrivals and Departures 5055551111111111112 9 1 Load and Activate a Departure Procedure uu 9 1 Load and Activate An Arrival ProcedUre cssesseses 9 1 9 2 Approaches eerererrrrrrrrr 9 2 Load and or Activate an Approach Procedure 9 3 Activate An Approach in the Active Flight Plan 9 3 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE 0000 10 1 10 1 Customizing the Hazard Displays on the Navigation Map 0 0 ccccccce cesses 10 1 10 2 STORMSCOPE Optional 0 0 0 10 1 Displaying Stormscope Lightning Data on the Navigation Man FAE 56 ss etd E TA 10 1 stoms cope PAC Oy iunieashvonianronarwarentinatonarmnnenhinnton 10 2 10 3 XM Weather Optional 00 0 10 3 Displaying METAR and TAF informa
69. 3 MIC is unavailable COM 3 is unavailable Passenger Address Telephone Unavailable Music Speaker Marker Beacon Mute Marker Beacon Signal Sensitivity p Aircraft Navigation Radio Audio Aircraft Navigation Radio Audio AUX unavailable Digital Clearance Recorder Digital Clearance Recorder Play Key Pilot Copilot Intercom DIR GABIN Cabin Intercom CS O MSTR VOL SQ Volume Squelch VOL Annunciation SQ Annunciation Reversionary Mode DISPLAY BACKUP Figure 5 1 Audio Panel Controls 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 5 1 SECTION 5 AUDIO PANEL 5 1 COM RADIO SELECTION Pressing the COM MIC or COM2 MIC Key selects the active transmitter i e microphone The associated receiver audio COMI or COM2 also becomes selected when the COM MIC Key is pressed Figure 5 2 Transceivers 5 2 MUSIC SELECTION Pressing the MUSIC Key turns music on or off _ il MUSIC SPKA Figure 5 3 Music Selection 5 3 MARKER BEACON RECEIVER The marker beacon receiver is always on Only the marker beacon audio can be turned off Figure 5 4 shows the marker beacon annunciators on the PFD When the MKR MUTE Key is pressed the key annunciator is lit and the audio tone can be heard over the speaker or headsets during marker beacon reception When the tone is active pressing the MKR MUTE Key once mutes the audio but does not affect the marker annunciator Th
70. 33 Cell Irregularities When displaying shorter ranges periodically select a longer range to see if problems are developing further out That can help prevent getting trapped in a blind alley or an area that is closed at one end by convective weather Figure 10 34 The Blind Alley _ SK Figure 10 34 The Blind Alley Illustration Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 10 21 SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE Tornadoes There are no conclusive radar target return characteristics which identify a tornado However tornadoes may be present if the following characteristics are observed e A narrow finger like portion Figure 10 33 extends and in a short time curls into a hook and closes on itself e A hook which may be in the general shape of the numeral 6 especially if bright and projecting from the southwest quadrant northeast quadrant in the southern hemisphere of a major thunderstorm e V shaped notches Doughnut shapes These shapes do not always indicate tornadoes and tornado returns are not limited to these characteristics Hail Hail can fall below the minimum reflectivity threshold for radar detection It can have a film of water on its surface making its reflective characteristics similar to a very large water droplet Because of this film of water and because hail stones usually are larger than water droplets thunderstorms with large
71. 4 In Flight Navigation Map Page Displaying Stormscope Lightning Data Strike is between 1 and 2 minutes old Strike is between 2 and 3 minutes old Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 10 1 SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE At a map range of less than 25 nm Stormscope Kose M L S A N i i lightning data is not displayed but can still be present The presence of Stormscope lightning data is indicated by the annunciation LTNG lt 25 nm in the upper right corner _ NORTH UP STRMSCP MODE CELL 7 ia k 75 F a E k of i 3 E aF E a Figure 10 5 Lightning Display Range Annunciation Select cell or strike as the Stormscope lightning mode 1 With the Weather Group selected press the ENT Key The cursor flashes on STRMSCP LING 2 Turn the large FMS Knob to select STRMSCP Figure 10 6 Stormscope Page MODE oe l Change the Stormscope lightning mode 3 Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Cell Strike bewen cell and ake _ 1 Select the St P 4 Turn either FMS Knob to select Cell or Strike Sees eee acl ate Press the ENT Key 2 Select the MODE Softkey The CELL and STRIKE Sottkeys are displayed Select the CELL Softkey to 5 Push the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation display CELL data or select the STRIKE Softkey to wale display STRIKE data CELL or STRIKE is displayed Clear Stormscope lightn
72. 42 Turn to intercept OPSHN to FSHER Leg Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 7 NAVIGATION 19 Atter passing OPSHN the next leg of the arrival turns magenta as shown in Figure 7 43 The magenta arrow in the flight plan list now indicates the OPSHN to FSHER leg of the arrival procedure is now active ik 316 ere 0238 FPL ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN ACTIVE FLICT PLn Sieja arae KHKC KEOS mrt PUNT AP moata DTE MIS Tis ECOS m mm t zi ugs Arrival KCOS TBEDBRY1 ALL THE e HH OF SHN 3hr oe ee OP SHH meani t Fide 352 7m 10100F1 i PYNON 352 1185m 10100rT parm Sea ge Approuch KCOS RNAV 3SRers LPV i HaBUE inf 071 5 Sur MME T FALUR 61 5 OMe EEDA 1 POP SH CEGIX fof 351 EDn MFI tie I TR aK gt GUBHE RT VAY PROE ELE ACTIVE Vi HPT SO00rT at HABUK ict v TAI TOE 1Fre FPA 3 0 WG RED i PTO Li a VIEW VNV PROF CHEL VA UNV t SHW CHRT Figure 7 43 Tracking the OPSHN to FSHER Leg 20 The flight continues through the arrival procedure to PYNON see Figure 7 44 At a point 31 nautical miles from the destination airport the phase of flight scaling for the CDI changes to Terminal Mode and is annunciated by displaying TERM on the HSI There will be a descent to HABUK in the next leg Note the TOD point on the map Annunciations for the upcoming turn and descent as well as the VDI and RVSI appear on the PFD as the flight progresses
73. A GARMIN G1 01010 Integrated Flight Deck Cockpit Reference Guide Socata TBM 850 SYSTEM OVERVIEW FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS ENGINE amp AIRFRAME SYSTEMS NAV COM TRANSPONDER AUDIO PANEL AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL NAVIGATION FLIGHT PLANNING PROCEDURES HAZARD AVOIDANCE ADDITIONAL FEATURES Copyright 2007 Garmin Ltd or its subsidiaries All rights reserved This manual reflects the operation of System Software version 0719 00 or later for the Socata TBM 850 Some differences in operation may be observed when comparing the intormation in this manual to earlier or later software versions Garmin International Inc 1200 East 151st Street Olathe Kansas 66062 U S A Tel 913 397 8200 Fax 913 397 8282 Garmin AT Inc 2345 Turner Road SE Salem OR 97302 U S A Tel 503 391 3411 Fax 503 364 2138 Garmin Europe Ltd Liberty House Bulls Copse Road Hounsdown Business Park Southampton 040 ORB U K Tel 44 0870 8501241 Fax 44 0870 8501251 Garmin Corporation No 68 Jangshu 2nd Road Shijr Taipei County Taiwan Tel 886 02 2642 9199 Fax 886 02 2642 9099 Web Site Address www garmin com Except as expressly provided herein no part of this manual may be reproduced copied transmitted disseminated downloaded or stored in any storage medium for any purpose without the express written permission of Garmin Garmin hereby grants permission to download a single copy of this manual and of any
74. ASHE Tf URITED STATES OF AHERICA TM eee MexRAD Figure 10 7 Navigation Map Page Displaying NEXRAD Weather 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE Displaying METAR and TAF information on the Airport Information Page Display METAR and TAF text on the Airport Information Page 1 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the WPT Page Group 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Airport Information Page 3 Select the WX Softkey to display METAR and TAF text METAR and TAF information is updated every 12 minutes NORTH UP AIRPORT WU KMSP PUBLIC MINNEAPOLTS ST PAUL INTL M TNNEAPOLIS MN METAR Text DINT TPE ALTIMETER 29 721 LAF FT _KMSP 2519457 n 262018 ATIKT PBS _ TAF Text WX Softkey Figure 10 8 METAR and TAF Text Displayed on the Airport Weather Information Page Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 10 3 SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE Displaying Weather on the Weather Data Link Page Select the Weather Data Link Page 1 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the Weather Data Link Page 3 Press the available softkeys to select the desired XM weather product 4 Select the LEGEND Softkey to view the legends for the selected products If necessary turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the list Press the small FMS Knob or the ENT Key to return to the map DIK IRK
75. AWS 10 10 10 12 10 14 10 16 13 4 13 5 TAWS B 10 10 TAWS system test 10 12 Terrain 1 7 1 12 10 9 10 12 10 1 10 16 12 2 13 4 13 5 13 12 Terrain proximity 10 9 Tilt 10 25 Tilt line 10 25 TOD 7 16 7 19 Topographical data 1 7 1 12 Top of Descent 7 16 Tornado 10 5 Torque 3 1 Warning 3 8 13 1 Track 2 1 Traffic 1 7 1 12 Traffic advisory 10 7 10 16 10 22 Traffic map page 10 7 10 8 10 10 10 14 Transponder 1 10 4 4 Transponder standby mode 4 5 Transponder Status bar 4 5 Transponder Status Box 2 1 2 2 Trim 3 1 Tropical storms 10 5 Ture airspeed box 2 3 Turn Rate Indicator 2 1 TX 4 3 U UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART 11 3 Unlighted obstacle 10 14 V VDI 7 16 7 17 Vertical Descent Indicator 7 16 Vertical Deviation 2 6 Vertical deviation 6 11 Vertical deviation guidance 1 14 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Vertical flight path 10 12 Vertical navigation 1 13 1 14 1 15 Vertical Navigation flight control 6 10 6 14 Vertical Path Tracking Mode 6 10 6 11 6 31 Vertical scan 10 24 10 25 Vertical speed 2 7 vertical speed guidance 1 14 Vertical Speed Indicator VSI 2 1 Vertical Soeed Mode 6 8 Vertical Speed Reference 6 8 Vertical track 13 6 VHF 4 1 VNAV Target Altitude 6 10 6 13 VNAV Target Altitude Capture Mode 6 13 VNV 1 13 1 14 2 6 7 1 7 4 7 16 12 2 13 21 13 22 VOL PUSH ID 4 2 VOL PUSH SQ 4 2 4 3 Volume squelch 5 3 VSI 7 17 W WAAS 6
76. Available Airways for TOP are displayed the prompt LOAD highlighted as in Figure 7 18 g Turn either FMS Knob to highlight V4 in the list as seen in Figure 7 16 h Press the ENT Key The list of available exits for V4 is now displayed as in Figure 7 17 260 97 71M Figure 7 18 Ready to Load V4 k Press the ENT Key 7 8 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A I V4 is now loaded into the flight plan as shown in Figure 7 19 ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN KMKC KCOS DTK DIS Departure KMKC ALL TIFTO2 TIFTO MCI TIFTO 286 46 9NM _____ Enroute TOP Airway V4 SLN SLN Airway V244 LAA HYS LAA Airway 263 TBE CURRENT VNV PROFILE ACTIVE VUNU WPT VS TGT FPM FPA VERE o paan FPM TIME TO TOO Figure 7 19 V4 is Loaded in the Flight Plan 5 V4 is now made the active leg of the flight plan a Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor b Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight SLN The TO waypoint of the leg is selected in order to activate the leg c Select the ACT LEG Softkey The confirmation window is now displayed as in Figure 7 20 Note the TOP to SLN leg is actually part of V4 Figure 7 20 Comfirm Active Leg d Verify the displayed leg is the desired leg and press the ENT Key Note in Figure 7 21 the magenta arrow in the flight plan window and magenta line on the map indicating V4 is now the active flight plan leg Note also the crosstrack XT
77. BM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL e Low Bank Limits the maximum commanded Takeoff Commands a constant pitch angle roll angle and wings level on the ground in preparation for Heading Select Captures and tracks the Selected takeoff Heading Go Around Commands a constant pitch angle e Navigation Captures and tracks the selected and wings level while in the air navigation source GPS VOR LOC e Backcourse Captures and tracks a localizer signal for backcourse approaches e Approach Captures and tracks the selected navigation source GPS VOR LOC Table 6 3 relates each lateral mode to its respective control and annunciation The CWS Button does not change lateral references for Heading Select Navigation Backcourse or Approach modes The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Heading Course upon release of the CWS Button Lateral Mode Roll Hold Holds current aircraft roll attitude or rolls wings level default ROL depending on commanded bank angle Low Bank Limits maximum commanded roll angle a cor Heading Select Captures and tracks Selected Heading Navigation GPS eae eae Navigation VOR Enroute Captures and tracks selected navigation source GPS VOR LOC Navigation LOC No Glideslope Captures and tracks a localizer signal for backcourse BC Key Ea approaches Approach GPS Approach VOR Captures and tracks selected navigation so
78. COM Tunin Box Frequency Field Frequency Field 135 186 2 CON 3 6080 121 900 conz Frequency Transfer Arrow Tuning Box Figure 4 3 Frequency Transfer Arrow and Tuning Box NAV Controls COM Controls VOL PUSH VOL PUSH ID Knob SQ Knob Frequency Transfer Key Dual NAV Dual COM Knob Knob Turn to tune in desired frequencies e Press to change tuning box positions Figure 4 4 NAV COM Controls Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A 4 1 RADIO STATUS INDICATIONS RX When a COM signal is received a white RX appears by the active COM frequency during signal reception e TX When a COM radio is transmitting a white TX indication appears to the right of the corresponding COM frequency ID When the Morse code identifier is ON for a NAV radio a white ID indication appears to the lett of the corresponding active NAV frequency The Morse code identifier can be heard if the corresponding NAV radio is selected on the audio panel 118 680 com TX COM2 121 900 Figure 4 5 Radio Status Indications 4 2 VOLUME VOLUME is displayed in place of the associated radio name i e COMI or NAV2 for two seconds after the volume level is last changed The percentage of maximum volume is displayed in place of the standby frequency selected by the tuning box COM1 135 675 35 VOLUME Figure 4 6 COM Volume Level 4 3 AUTOMATIC SQUELCH Automatic squ
79. Course Pointer Flight Phase 13 Turn Rate and Heading Trend Vector Heading 15 Lubber Line Figure 2 20 Horizontal Situation Indicator Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 2 9 SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS Turn Rate Indicator and Heading Trend Vector Tick marks to the left and right of the lubber line denote halt standard and standard turn rates A magenta turn rate trend vector shows the current turn rate The end of the trend vector gives the heading predicted in six seconds based on the present turn rate At rates greater than 4 deg sec an arrowhead appears at the end of the magenta trend vector and the prediction is no longer valid Figure 2 23 Course Pointer Half Standard Turn Rate Tick Mark Ten Bate Standard Turn mm Trend Vector Course Deviation Indicator CDI Rate Tick Mark Wa vale gt 4 fA deg sec The CDI scale automatically adjusts to the current phase of flight as seen in Figure 2 24 Scaling may be selected manually from the MFD System Setup Page Flight Phase Automatic CDI Full scale Deflection Departure DRPT Terminal TERM Enroute ENR OCN Figure 2 22 Standard Rate Turn Indication Oceanic OCN Approach LNAV 1 0 nm decreasing to 350 feet Course Pointer depending on variables see Figure The Course Pointer is a single line arrow GPS VORI Approach LNAV V 2 25 and LOC1 or double line arrow VOR2 and LOC2 which Approach LNAV 1 0 nm decreasi
80. D GDU 1500 are located on both the MFD bezel and the MFD Control Unit GCU 475 The bottom portion of the MFD bezel features 12 softkeys that are designed to perform various functions depending upon the specific page being displayed These softkeys are discussed throughout the Pilots Guide docu mentation The following list provides an overview of the controls located on the MFD Control Unit see Figure 1 2 LPL _ OFLT MAP il Figure 1 2 MFD Control Unit GCU 475 Dual FMS Knob Flight Management System Knob This knob selects the MFD page to be viewed the large knob selects a page group MAP WPT AUX NRST while the small knob selects a specific page within the page group Pressing the FMS Knob Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 turns the selection cursor ON and OFE When the cursor is ON data may be entered in the applicable window by turning the small and large knobs In this case the large knob moves the cursor on the page while the small knob selects individual characters for the highlighted cursor location Direct to Key BES Allows the user to enter a destination waypoint and establish a direct course to the selected destination the destination is either specified by the identifier chosen from the active route or taken from the map pointer position G FPL Key Displays the active Flight Plan Page for creating and editing the active flight plan or for acce
81. DR2 FAIL XPDR2 is inoperative There is no communication with the 2 transponder GRS 77 Message Advisories AHRS1 TAS AHRS1 not receiving The 1 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed trom the air data computer The AHRS airspeed relies on GPS information to augment the lack of airspeed The G1000 system should be serviced AHRS2 TAS AHRS2 not receiving The 2 AHRS is not receiving true airspeed from the air data computer The AHRS airspeed relies on GPS information to augment the lack of airspeed The G1000 system should be serviced The 1 transponder should be serviced when possible The 2 transponder should be serviced when possible AHRS1 GPS AHRS1 using backup The 1 AHRS is using the backup GPS path Primary GPS path has failed The GPS source G1000 system should be serviced when possible AHRS2 GPS AHRS2 using backup The 2 AHRS is using the backup GPS path Primary GPS path has failed The GPS source G1000 system should be serviced when possible AHRS1 GPS AHRS1 not receiving The 1 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information Check AFMS any GPS information limitations The G1000 system should be serviced AHRS2 GPS AHRS2 not receiving The 2 AHRS is not receiving any or any useful GPS information Check AFMS any GPS information limitations The G1000 system should be serviced 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 13 17 SECTI
82. Descent Rate 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 10 13 SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE Displaying Terrain and Obstacles on the Navigation Map 1 With the Navigation Map displayed select the MAP Softkey 2 Select the TERRAIN Softkey Terrain and obstacle proximity is now displayed on the map Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Potential Impact Points Height is less than Height is less than Height is greater than Height is greater than 1000 AGL 1000 AGL 1000 AGL 1000 AGL Figure 10 22 TAWS Symbols Pop up Alerts When the Navigation Map Page is displayed and a terrain or obstacle alert is issued a pop up window is displayed with the appropriate alert 118 008 Figure 10 23 Alert Pop Up Press the ENT Key to display the TAWS Page or press the CLR Key to remain on the Navigation Map Page 10 14 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE TAWS Alerts Summary The following table shows the possible TAWS alert types with corresponding annunciations and aural messages PFD MFD TAWS MFD Alert Type Page Annunciation Pop Up Alert Excessive Descent Rate Warning EDR PULL UP ame Pull Up Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Warn PULL UP Terrain Terrain Pull Up Pull Up ing RTC or or Terrain Ahead Pull Up Terrain Ahea
83. During normal operating conditions an instrument pointer appears in white and the readout text is green When data is out of the range of the indicator or gauge the pointer moves to the end of the scale readouts display as __ Temperatures above which warnings occur are indicated by red tick marks along the ITT Gauge The optimum cruise range is displayed on the Torque Gauge as a white band while the maximum climb torque bug is indicated by a white triangle CANH PRESS Gs ALT FT RATE FPH iniii 19 i DTE TRE ih IFR Ho BATA 18 i om AN ussa ng a vss Leese 5 DIFF PAI Ez K i T F oie CS al am ii a ro JT SEL FT 1100 a FO bobt w 3 I Ca W OWY PSI VW on f E UES L FUEL OTY R a Aa Zz vo 1 Tia THH 7 i a KE TDF eat hay 7 20 OPH i T PEI ag 3 ELECTRICAL AHPE NENI 3 iH WOLTS T KENG a Ed RA TEST 4 Battery Main Bus sce Standby Generator Main Generator G Ground Power Unit Door NORTH iP SS 6 Emergency Switch 3 1 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Pressing the SYSTEM Softkey displays the softkeys for the synoptics system Press the ELEC Softkey to display the Electrical System Page The generators ground power supply GPU batteries and buses are shown in green to denote normal operation Color of the units change depending on the condition ETE STEM ELECTRICAL ALES 4 ESS BLS Bat pus j ij i I 4 te Trey
84. E 0584 0605 13 APR 2006 11 MAY 2006 11 MAY 2006 48 JUN 2006 NO WILL BE ASSUMED IN 8 SECONDS Figure 1 14 Database Update Prompt Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW 3 Press the ENT Key to start the database update A prompt similar to the following is displayed DO YOU WANT TO UPDATE THE AVIATION DATABASE FROM TO WORLDWIDE WORLDWIDE 0584 0605 13 APR 2006 11 MAY 2006 11 MAY 2086 48 JUN 2006 REGION DY CLEs NO WILL BE ASSUMED IN 8 SECONDS UPDATING AVIATION DATABASE PLEASE WAIT UPDATED PRIZES SULLESSRULLT PRESS ANY KEY TO CONTINUE CONTINUING IN 8 SECONDS Figure 1 15 Database Update Confirmation 4 After the update completes the PFD starts in normal mode 5 Turn the G1000 System OFF and remove the SD card 6 Repeat steps 1 through 4 for the MFD The MFD and PFD databases are now updated Remove the SD card when finished 7 Verity that the correct update cycle is loaded during startup of the MFD Garmin Databases Since these databases are not stored internally in the MED or PFD a Supplemental Data Card containing iden tical database versions must be kept in each display unit NOTE The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from government agencies Garmin accurately processes and cross validates the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data 1 Insert one SD card in the bot
85. ENU Key on the PFD to display the PFD Setup Menu window 2 Press the small FMS Knob to activate the cursor PFD DSPL gt AUTO is now highlighted 3 Turn the small FMS Knob to display the selection window 4 Turn the FMS Knob to select MANUAL then press the ENT Key 5 With the intensity value now highlighted turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired backlighting 6 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight MFD DSPL gt AUTO and repeat steps 3 through 5 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW PFD SETUP MENU PFD1 DSPL MFD DSPL AUTO PFD2 DSPL gt AUTO 88 474 98 584 83 22 Figure 1 13 PFD Setup Menu Window 1 9 DATABASE UPDATES The G1000 system uses Secure Digital SD cards to load and store various types of data For basic flight op erations SD cards are required for database storage as well as Jeppesen aviation and ChartView database updates Jeppesen Aviation Database NOTE After the aviation database is installed the card may be removed after loading the update to each LRU Updating the Jeppesen aviation database 1 With the G1000 System OFF insert the SD card containing the aviation database update into the top card slot of the PFD to be updated Label of SD card facing left 2 Turn the G1000 System ON A prompt similar to the following is displayed in the upper left corner of the PFD DO YOU WANT TO UPDATE THE AVIATION DATABASE FROM TO WORLDWIDE WORLDWID
86. F RA FAIL N Airframe nit OIL PET z GMU 44 N HBG B 4 Magnetometer a ee ae Oe TA Fs Or GIA 63W Integrated on r Avionics Unit ee CABIN PRESS ALT FT BINT PSI FUEL i LR ea GIA 63W eum mean niccrated Avionics Units Se GTX 33 33D SENSOR PFD Col O XPDR IDENT TMRYREF _NRST Transponder r GDC 74B Air Data a Radar Altimeter i GIA 63W Integrated Computer Avionics Units Figure 13 2 G1000 System Failure Annunciations n Display system is not receiving attitude information from the AHRS 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 13 7 SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS System Annunciation Commet Indicates a contiguration module failure This annunciation is only be seen when the autopilot is engaged The annunciation indicates an AHRS monitor has detected an abnormal flight parameter possibly caused by strong turbulence In this case the situation should correct itself within a few seconds If there is an actual failure a red X will soon appear over the Attitude Indicator Display system is not receiving airspeed input trom air data computer Display is not receiving altitude input trom the air data computer Display is not receiving vertical speed input trom the air data computer When LOI is displayed GPS information is either not present or is invalid for navigation use Note that AHRS utilizes GPS inputs d
87. G1000 GIA2 SERVICE GIA2 needs service system should be serviced Return the unit for repair HW MISMATCH GIA hardware mismatch GIA1 communication halted HW MISMATCH GIA hardware mismatch GIA2 communication halted MANIFEST GIA1 software mismatch communication halted The GIA1 and or GIA 2 has incorrect software installed The G1000 system MANIFEST GIA2 software should be serviced mismatch communication halted Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A A GIA mismatch has been detected where only one is WAAS capable SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS GIA 63W Message Advisories Cont COM1 TEMP COM1 over temp Reducing transmitter power COM2 TEMP COM2 over temp Reducing transmitter power COM1 SERVICE COM1 needs service Return unit for repair The system has detected a failure in COM1 and or COM2 COM1 and or COM2 COM2 SERVICE COM2 needs may still be usable The G1000 system should be serviced when possible service Return unit for repair COM1 PTT COM1 push to talk key is stuck COM2 PTT COM2 push to talk key is stuck COM1 RMT XFR COM1 remote transter key is stuck COM2 RMT XFR COM2 remote transter key is stuck LOI GPS integrity lost Crosscheck ee eta dee with other NAVS GPS integrity is insufficient for the current phase of flight at oe D aes Loss of GPS navigation due to insufficient sat
88. G1000 operational procedures must be learned on the ground WARNING The United States government operates the Global Positioning System and is solely responsible for its accuracy and maintenance The GPS system is subject to changes which could affect the accuracy and performance of all GPS equipment Portions of the Garmin G1000 utilize GPS as a precision electronic NAVigation AID NAVAID Therefore as with all NAVAIDs information presented by the G1000 can be misused or misinterpreted and therefore become unsafe oo WARNING To reduce the risk of unsafe operation carefully review and understand all aspects of the G1000 Pilot s Guide documentation and the Socata TBM 850 Pilot s Operating Handbook POH Thoroughly practice basic operation prior to actual use During flight operations carefully compare indications from the G1000 to all available navigation sources including the information from other NAVAIDs visual sightings charts etc For safety purposes always resolve any discrepancies before continuing navigation WARNING The illustrations in this guide are only examples Never use the G1000 to attempt to penetrate a thunderstorm Both the FAA Advisory Circular Subject Thunderstorms and the Aeronautical Information Manual AIM recommend avoiding by at least 20 miles any thunderstorm identified as severe or giving an intense radar echo WARNING Lamp s inside this product may contain mercury HG and must be re
89. HH DAF ORATOR Nh So 27 017 ky e F F FF FF F F amp F FF F FF FP FE WOES 03 20 REFERENCE VOR ca MEI T 113 25 239 17 7Hn Figure 7 62 Nearest Intersections Page Select the Nearest Intersections Page 1 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the NRST page group 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the second rectangular page icon View Information on the Nearest Intersection 1 With the Nearest Intersections Page displayed press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 2 Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired intersection 3 Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor 7 11 NEAREST NDB 45 2 aE f 47 AHH 50 7 Hn FIUNN BJ 1Hm S E INE ORT ION HUGGY H KANSAS CITY HO i PRE OU MOY 4160 Ban ra Figure 7 63 Nearest NDB Page Select the Nearest NDB Page 1 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the NRST page group 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the third rectangular page icon Access Information on a Specific NDB 1 With the Nearest NDB Page displayed press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 2 Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired NDB The remaining information on the Nearest NDB Page pertains to the selected NDB 3 Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor 1728 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 7 NAVIGATION 7 12 NEAREST VOR 2 Press the ENT Key The selected VOR frequ
90. K distance 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 7 NAVIGATION on the HSI indicating 16 9 nm to the intercept point Note the phase of flight remained in Terminal TERM mode up to this point because a departure leg was active Since a leg after the departure is now active the current CDI flight phase is ENR Enroute and CDI scaling has changed to 2 0 il FPL ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN ACTIVE PLIGHT PLAN KHKC KCOS ORTH LEY el FR H BATA EAI L amp 4 5L SLN TEH firun V2d4 LAd A HYS ioH T LAA airway VZB2 TEE TBE CURREMT WAN PROF OLE ronga Ap ACTIVE UNY HP Ty YE TUT FPH FPA _ nme 33 VE HEO HFA Eii 10 10 mana TAFTI ones Y DENY EEJ 7 100 FP CHEL VAY Figure 7 21 V4 Now Active Leg 6 The aircraft continues on heading 290 When the crosstrack distance is less than 2 0 nm the XTK disappears from the HSI and the CDI is positioned Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 7 NAVIGATION on the last dot indicating a 2 0 nm distance trom 8 At SLN Victor Airway 244 V244 is intercepted the centerline of the next course Turn prompts are displayed in the PFD Navigation 7 As the CDI approaches center the aircraft turns Status Box as seen in Figure 7 23 onto the active leg as seen in Figure 7 22 ETFI SET ois 0 5 ens 257 136 975 136 975 TRK 25 EIE 14 l FPL ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN NORIH UP f i ACTIVE FLIGHT PLA
91. Knob to enter a profile name 3 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the active 6 Press the ENT Key profile field in the Pilot Profile Box 7 Inthe next field use the small FMS Knob to select 4 Turn the small FMS Knob to display the pilot profile the desired settings upon which to base the new Siang ANGIE Mees ied DONC profile 5 Press the ENT Key The G1000 loads and displays the system settings for the selected profile 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Gr SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW Renaming a Profile 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 8 9 Select the AUX System Setup Page Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight RENAME in the Pilot Profile Box Press the ENT Key In the Rename Profile window turn the FMS Knob to select the profile to rename Press the ENT Key Use the FMS Knob to enter a new profile name up to 16 characters Press the ENT Key With RENAME highlighted press the ENT Key Deleting a Profile 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 Select the AUX System Setup Page Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight DELETE in the Pilot Protile Box Press the ENT Key In the Delete Profile window turn the FMS Knob to select the profile to be deleted Press the ENT Key With DELETE highlighted press the ENT Key Garmin G1000 Cockpit Refe
92. LE PULL UP PULL_UP TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Warn PULL UP ing ROC or OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning IO OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP Or OBSTACLE PULL UP AUC UE Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Aural Message Pull Up Terrain Terrain Pull Up Pull Up or Terrain Ahead Pull Up Terrain Ahead Pull Up Terrain Ahead Pull Up Terrain Ahead Pull Up or Terrain Terrain Pull Up Pull Up Obstacle Obstacle Pull Up Pull Up or Obstacle Ahead Pull Up Obstacle Ahead Pull Up Obstacle Ahead Pull Up Obstacle Ahead Pull Up or Obstacle Obstacle Pull Up Pull Up 190 00708 00 Rev A PFD MFD TAWS Page Annunciation Alert Type Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Caution RTC Imminent Terrain Impact Caution ITI Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Cau tion ROC Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution IOI Premature Descent Alert Caution PDA Altitude Callout 500 Excessive Descent Rate Caution EDR None Negative Climb Rate Caution NCR A TAWS System Status Annunciations PFD MFD TAWS Page Annunciation AWS FAL AWS INH TAWS N A Alert Type TAWS System Test Fail CO i TAWS Alerting is disabled No GPS position or excessively degraded GPS signal System Test in progress TAWS TEST None System Test pass 190 00708 00 Re
93. LVL select the FRZ LVL Softkey to display contour lines for freezing levels The display is updated every 12 minutes WIND select the WIND Softkey to show wind speed and direction at a selected altitude from the ground up to 42 000 feet in 3 000 foot increments After selecting the WIND Softkey select the softkey corresponding to the desired winds aloft altitude The display is updated every 12 minutes COUNTY selecting the COUNTY Soitkey provides specific public awareness and protection weather warnings for Tornado Severe Thunderstorm and Flood conditions provided by the National Weather Service NWS The display is updated every 5 minutes 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE CYCLONE selecting the CYCLONE Softkey shows the current location of cyclones hurricanes and tropical storms and their projected track at various time intervals The update rate is every 12 minutes Map Panning Information Weather Data Link Page 1 Push in the Joystick to display the panning arrow 2 Move the Joystick to place the panning arrow on AIRMETs TFRs METARs or SIGMETs Press the ENT Key to display pertinent information for the selected product Note that pressing the ENT Key when panning over an AIRMET or a SIGMET displays an information box that displays the text of the report Panning over an airport with METAR information does not display more information but allows the user to press the ENT Key and selec
94. Map mode uses a different gain range than Weather mode Different colors are also used to represent the intensity levels The displayed intensity of ground target returns are defined in Figure 10 48 Use of the GAIN and TILT controls help improve contrast so that specific ground targets can be recognized more easily As previously discussed the type and orientation of the target in relation to the aircraft affects the intensity displayed When the weather radar system is in the either the Weather or Ground Map mode the system automatically switches to Standby mode Mode Color BLACK HEARING HECTOR Sinh FULL amp MIH CALIBRATED n IET n r O ene E YELLOW 9 dB to lt 18 dB Figure 10 46 Weather Alert Indications 18 dB to lt 27 dB To activate or deactivate Weather Alerts select the WX BLUE 27 dB and greater ALRT Softkey Activating and deactivating also enables or inhibits the alert on the PFD Figure 10 48 Ground Target Return Intensity Levels Operation in Ground Map Mode MESSAGES BACKUP PATH AHRS1 using 1 Select the MODE Softkey backup data path 2 Select the GROUND Softkey to place the radar in XPDR1 CONFIG XPDR1 config Ground Map mode L ees 3 Select the BACK Softkey weather ahead 4 Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor error Config service req d 5 Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the Figure 10 47 Weather Alert on PFD TILT field 6 Adjust the antenna tilt angle by t
95. N TFR KMKC KCOS NO DATA PONEO pa DIS LHI HANHAT IAN TIFTO AEREA wan Ea E Enroute TOP s irwoy V4 SLN SLN 2 SO Onn Airway V2494 LAA HYS LAA 2 16Snr Airway V263 TBE TBE 7 J aL _ kd P par i f f F ai i ai An _ d a F F a al h a l a O_O Te a ee at Hm Ne F 7 a iin draht ai E Fo a Sa ol amp ge We er ba ai pa eee at a0 p i iry i gi I hy es 5 a F b r Th a l fi Ta Ta 15 F F a 12500 a i ri ima w EEUU Airkant s m _ F igure 7 23 Turn to Intercept V244 CURRENT YAY PROFILE ACTIVE UNY HPI nii TE 9 As seen in Figure 7 24 V244 is now the active flight plan leg We 267 Ete 2315 FPL ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN NORIH UP f ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN V307 n y KCOS UEI m KHKC KCOS NO DATA wanes DIS Enroute TOP U Airway V4SLN VIEW CNCL VNV SHW CHRT SLN ife J J 5 O F p Fa l A a air V244 LAA PEET h y HYS ee rn i y a 99 Sn LAA 165mm i me g y Airwoy V263 TBE ay PS mals kT e A TEE 210 f 10 1 KCOS 322 106 E Arrival KCOS TBEDERY1 ALL To CURRENT YNY PROFILE ACTIVE UNY HPI VS TGI US RED CNCL VNV Figure 7 24 V244 Now Active Leg Figure 7 22 Turn on to Active Leg PAG Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 7 NAVIGATION 10 At Lamar VOR LAA V263 is intercepted Se
96. No data trom one or both airspeed sensors DICEN OREO No data trom one or both heading sensors AENOR No data trom one or both pitch sensors OBEN OKENE No data trom one or both roll sensors 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 ee SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS 13 3 REVERSIONARY SENSOR ANNUNCIATIONS Reversionary Sensor Window Text System System Computer Heading Reference System 13 4 TAWS ALERTS Both PFDs are displaying data from the number one Air Data Computer Both PFDs are displaying data trom the number two Air Data Computer Both PFDs are displaying data trom the number one Attitude amp Heading Reference Both PFDs are displaying data trom the number two Attitude amp Heading Reference Both PFDs are displaying data from the number one GPS receiver Both PFDs are displaying data trom the number two GPS receiver The PFD displaying this annunciation is displaying data from the cross side Air Data The PFD displaying this annunciation is displaying data from the cross side Attitude amp Annunciations appear on the PFD and MFD Pop up alerts appear only on the MFD PFD MFD TAWS Page MFD Map Page Annunciation Pop Up Alert PULL UP Alert Type Excessive Descent Rate Warning EDR Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Warning RTC or TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP Imminent Terrain Impact Warning ITI or TERRAIN PULL UP OBSTAC
97. OLTAGE PFD1 has low voltage Reducing power usage ee adidas Pope Mest The PFD2 voltage is low The G1000 system should be serviced voltage Reducing power usage ue vorian Ma Ditice oN The MFD voltage is low The G1000 system should be serviced voltage Reducing power usage Database Message Advisories MFD1 DB ERR MFD1 aviation database error exists The PFD1 voltage is low The G1000 system should be serviced The MFD and or PFD detected a failure in the aviation database Attempt to reload the aviation database If problem persists the G1000 system should be serviced PFD1 DB ERR PFD1 aviation database error exists PFD2 DB ERR PFD2 aviation database error exists Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS Database Message Advisories Cont MFD1 DB ERR MFD1 basemap database error exists PFD1 DB ERR PFD1 basemap database error exists PFD2 DB ERR PFD2 basemap database error exists MFD1 DB ERR MFD1 terrain database error exists PFD1 DB ERR PFD1 terrain database error exists The G1000 system should be serviced PFD2 DB ERR PFD2 terrain database error exists MFD1 DB ERR MFD1 terrain database missing PFD1 DB ERR PFD1 terrain database missing PFD2 DB ERR PFD2 terrain database missing MFD1 DB ERR MFD1 obstacle database error exists PFD1 DB ERR
98. OMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 6 37 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Blank Page 6 38 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 7 NAVIGATION SECTION 7 NAVIGATION 7 2 DIRECT TO NAVIGATION The majority of the following discussions pertain to _ Direct to Navigation from the MFD the Multi Function Display In discussions pertaining to the PFD the controls are located on the PFD Identifier eee ae Geographic KMIA SE USA Region 7 4 NAVIGATION MAP PAGE Facility Name City Signage Of V hepa ee Ss Pon set Before Selecte WARNING The map display should only be VNV 300061 Stet Direct to used for situational awareness Any map display Target Altitude aaa Bsa Map Orientation indication should be compared with approved note edie navigation sources Selected UB veges n O Waypoint E pete ml Select the MAP Page Group at 1 Turn the large FMS Knob until MAP is highlighted Aa Map Range r r page group box in the lower right of the MFD Bearing Aaa ee Distance ISplay Direct to ETT Activate Field 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the first MAP Course page indicated by a solid rectangular icon Figure 7 2 MFD Direct to Window Enter a Direct to Destination 1 Press the Direct to 8 Key 2 Enter the destination waypoint identifier 3 Press the ENT Key to confirm the id
99. ON 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS Blank Page 13 24 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A A Abnormal COM operation 12 1 Activate a flight plan 8 3 Activation Required 11 7 Active Channel 11 8 11 9 Active flight plan 8 2 ADF 4 3 Advisory alerts 13 9 AFCS Status Box 2 1 6 1 Age 10 6 AHRS 13 7 13 9 13 17 13 20 Aircraft Symbol 6 3 AIRMET 10 5 Airport frequency 7 27 Airport information 7 23 Airspace alerts 7 30 Airspeed Indicator 2 1 Airspeed indicator 2 3 Airspeed Reference 6 9 6 10 Airspeed trend vector 2 3 Airways 1 12 8 5 Air Data Computer 13 4 Alert messages 13 18 13 19 Alert Pop Up 10 14 ALT 2 4 7 20 10 7 Altimeter 2 1 Altitude alerter 2 4 Altitude alerting 2 4 Altitude constraints 1 13 7 12 Altitude Hold Mode 6 7 Altitude mode 10 7 Altitude Reference 6 7 6 13 Altitude restrictions 1 15 Altitude trend vector 2 4 Altitude volume 10 7 Antenna stabilization 10 27 Approach ILS 6 33 Missed 6 35 WAAS 6 34 Approaches 9 2 Approach activation 4 4 190 00708 00 Rev A Approach markers Signal augmentation 5 2 Approach Mode 6 21 6 33 Approach Mode AFCS 6 34 Arrivals 9 1 attenuation 10 28 Attitude amp Heading Reference System 13 4 Attitude Indicator 2 1 Attitude indicator 2 3 Audio panel 4 3 5 1 Auto tuning 4 4 Automatic Flight Control System AFCS Alerts and annunciations 6 36 6 37 Status Annunciations 6 36 Automatic squelch 4
100. ON 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS GRS 77 Message Advisories Cont AHRS1 GPS AHRS1 not receiving The 1 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information The G1000 system should backup GPS information be serviced AHRS2 GPS AHRS2 not receiving The 2 AHRS is not receiving backup GPS information The G1000 system should backup GPS information be serviced AHRS1 GPS AHRS1 operating The 1 AHRS is operating exclusively in no GPS mode The G1000 system should exclusively in no GPS mode be serviced AHRS2 GPS AHRS2 operating The 2 AHRS is operating exclusively in no GPS mode The G1000 system should exclusively in no GPS mode be serviced model database version mismatch AHRS1 SRVC AHRS1 Magnetic tield The 1 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date Update magnetic field model needs update model when practical AHRS2 SRVC AHRS2 Magnetic tield The 2 AHRS earth magnetic field model is out of date Update magnetic field model needs update model when practical GEO LIMITS AHRS1 too far North South no magnetic compass The aircraft is outside geographical limits for approved AHRS operation Heading GEO LIMITS AHRS2 too far North is flagged as invalid South no magnetic compass MANIFEST GRS1 software The 1 AHRS has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be mismatch communication halted serviced MANIFEST GRS2 software The 2 AHRS has incorrect software instal
101. ON 4 NAV COM amp TRANSPONDER DME Radio optional 4 4 The DME Tuning Window is displayed by selecting the DME Softkey ADF DME Figure 4 8 ADF DME Tuning Window Change the DME tuning source 1 From the tuning window turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the DME source field 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to display the selection window Turn the FMS Knob to select the desired ADF DME TUNING 196 0 MODE 4 BFO gt voL 507 ie SNA 1 mode and press the ENT Key Figure 4 9 DME Selection Window 4 6 FREQUENCY AUTO TUNING Auto tuning on the PFD XPOR1 2345 ON Figure 4 10 Nearest Airports Window PFD NEAREST AIRPORTS 124 6 8NM 210 10 2N 123 000 RNWY 57 FT 150 11 4NM 133 000 RNWY 7339FT LCL A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 VFR 122 700 RNWY 2440FT 18 1 Select the NRST Softkey to display the Nearest Airports Window 2 Turn either FMS Knob to highlight the desired frequency 3 Press the ENT Key to place the frequency in the standby field of the active COM 4 Press the Frequency Transfer Key to place the frequency in the active field NAV frequencies are entered automatically in the active NAV frequency field upon approach loading or approach activation Auto tuning on the MFD Auto tuning on the MFD is done in much the same way as on the PFD Use the FMS Knobs to select the desired frequency on any of the informati
102. PDR2 CONFIG XPDR2 config error Config service reg d Messages Window SPORI CONFIG RRsat error Config service req d Message Softkey Annunciation Figure 13 1 G1000 System Messages This section describes various G1000 system message advisories Certain messages are issued due to an LRU or an LRU function failure When a message is issued the MSG Softkey flashes Selecting the MSG Softkey to view the message in the Message Window Such messages are normally accompanied by a corresponding red X annunciation as shown previously a in the G1000 System Annunciation section A NOTE This section provides information regarding G1000 message advisories that may be displayed by the system Knowledge of the aircraft systems flight conditions and other existing operational priorities must be considered when responding to a message Always use sound pilot judgment The Socata TBM 850 Pilot s Operating Handbook POH takes precedence over any conflicting guidance found in this section 13 6 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS A red X may be the result of an LRU or an LRU function failure The Figure 13 2 illustrates all possible flags and the responsible LRUs GIA 63W ed i ne O_o GIA bw Integrated Avionics Integrated Avionics Units Units eee GDC 74B Air Data Computer ATTITWOE FATL m CRS 77 AHRS GEA 71 Engine
103. PFD1 obstacle database error exists system should be serviced PFD2 DB ERR PFD2 obstacle database error exists MFD1 DB ERR MFD1 obstacle database missing PFD1 DB ERR PFD1 obstacle The obstacle database is present on another LRU but is missing on the specitied database missing LRU PFD2 DB ERR PFD2 obstacle database missing 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 13 11 The MFD and or PFD detected a failure in the basemap database The MFD and or PFD detected a failure in the terrain database Ensure that the terrain card is properly inserted in display Replace terrain card If problem persists The terrain database is present on another LRU but is missing on the specitied LRU The MFD and or PFD detected a failure in the obstacle database Ensure that the data card is properly inserted Replace data card It problem persists The G1000 SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS Database Message Advisories Cont MFD1 DB ERR MFD1 airport terrain database error exists PFD1 DB ERR PFD1 airport terrain database error exists PFD2 DB ERR PFD2 airport terrain database error exists MFD1 DB ERR MFD1 airport terrain database missing PFD1 DB ERR PFD1 airport terrain The airport terrain database is present on another LRU but is missing on the database missing specitied LRU PFD2 DB ERR PFD2 airport terrain database missing
104. PI and LOPI are implemented to reduce flight crew workload and distractions during takeoff and landing Alerts affected by an inhibit are not displayed while the inhibit is enabled If an alert is displayed prior to the activation of an inhibit affecting it the alert continues to be displayed normally until the condition causing the alert ceases to exist If a GEA or GIA fails all CAS messages depending on sensors associated with that LRU are automatically inhibited Inhibits cannot be activated by invalid sensor data 3 10 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 4 NAV COM amp TRANSPONDER SECTION 4 NAV COM AND TRANSPONDER The NAV COM controls and frequency boxes share the same locations on both Primary Flight Displays NAV COM Controls NAV Frequency Box COM Frequency Box Controls GARMIN nav1188 88 117 95 gt ors 4 BRG 118 000 com NAVZ 117 95 136 975 COHZ ES _ ESSE SS ik 10000 D MENU FPL PROC CLR ENT AEREE XPDR1 Rr iLO 00 15 41 INSET SENSOR PFD CDI ADF DME XPDR IDENT TMR REF NRST Figure 4 1 G1000 VHF NAV COM Controls PFD shown 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 4 1 SECTION 4 NAV COM amp 4 2 TRANSPONDER Standby NAV Selected NAV Selected COM Standby COM Frequency Field Frequency Frequency Frequency Field Tuning Box Active NAV Figure 4 2 Frequency Fields Active
105. Panel the annunciator flashes about once per second while pressing the PTT the COM MIC annunciator is no longer lit and the active COM frequency for that Audio Panel changes to white indicating that there is no COM selected Figure 5 7 PA Selection 5 6 INTERCOM Pressing the INTR COM Key on either Audio Panel selects and deselects the intercom on both Audio Panels The annunciator is lit when the intercom is active The CABIN Key enables two way communication be tween the flight deck and the cabin Pressing the CABIN Key on either Audio Panel selects and deselects the inter com between the pilot or copilot and the passengers The annunciator is lit when the cabin intercom is active on either audio panel il il INTR COM CABIN Figure 5 8 Intcom Selection 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 5 AUDIO PANEL 5 7 INTERCOM SQUELCH CONTROL Select manual squelch for intercom audio by pressing the MAN SQ Key to light the annunciator Pressing the small VOL SQ Knob now switches between volume and squelch adjustment by lighting VOL or SQ respectively gt MAN sQ ww INTR COM CABIN ICS O MSTR Figure 5 9 Volume Squelch Control 5 8 DIGITAL CLEARANCE RECORDER AND PLAYER Fach reception of primary active COM audio is automatically recorded ina memory block When the next transmission is received it is recorded in the next memory block and so on Once the 2 5 minutes of recording time has been reached th
106. Press the ENT Key Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 15 As seen in Figure 7 38 the aircraft is approaching TOD Note the target vertical speed required to reached the selected altitude The Vertical Deviation Indicator VDI and the Required Vertical Speed Indicator RVSI are now displayed on the PFD as shown in Figure 7 39 ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN KHEC KCOS DTK TEE KCOS ei Arrival KCOS TBEOBRY 1 ALL TBE er a OPSHN Jhr fod 6 5an 10000FT f OPSHN Zod 320en 10000F7 FSHER aoe 56m 10000rT PYHOH soe 11 8mm 10000rT ppronch KCOS RNAV SSRs LPW HABLEC inf D21 J IHH zh oe M FAIR 261 Sin USEK PUB ELIA AQP PROFLE EE active wey wer 10000rr ut OPSHN 3 va Tot TD61FrH FPA lus REO J6 FPH TIE To TOD ly DEY 10r i VIEW WHY PROF CHCL VNU WMU SHH CHAT Figure 7 38 Approaching Top of Descent TOD 136 975 136 975 pum VNAV Target Altitude Vertical Deviation 9 Indicator VDD Required Vertical Speed Indicator RVSI Figure 7 39 VDI amp RVSI Upon Reaching Top of Descent TOD 190 00708 00 Rev A 16 Upon reaching TOD a descent vertical speed is established which places the VSI pointer in line with the RVSI as shown in Figure 7 40 FE 12300 sx Risa t 12200 Keep Vertical Align Actual Deviation Pointer Vertical Speed Centered with Required Vertical Speed Figure
107. RST page group 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the first rectangular page icon Initially the closest airport to the aircraft s present position is displayed 190 00708 00 Rev A 190 00708 00 Rev A Access Information on a Specific Airport 1 With the Nearest Airports Page displayed select the APT Softkey to place the cursor in the NEAREST AIRPORTS field The first airport in the nearest airports list is highlighted 2 Press the FMS Knob then turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired airport 3 Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor Access Runway Information for the Selected Airport 1 With the Nearest Airports Page displayed select the RNWY Softkey to place the cursor in the RUNWAYS field 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired runway 3 Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor Quickly Tune the COM Transceiver to a Nearby Airport Frequency 1 With the Nearest Airports Page displayed select the FREQ Softkey to place the cursor in the FREQUENCIES field 2 Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired frequency 3 Press the ENT Key The selected frequency is placed in the COM standby frequency field 4 Press the Frequency Transfer Key to place the frequency in the active field 5 Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor SECTION 7 NAVIGATION Nearest Airports Information on the PFD Bearing TO Distance Airport Symbol
108. Ra dio uses one or both of the coded IDs to send an activation signal that when received by the GDL 69A allows it to play entertainment programming NOTE The LOCK Softkey on the XM Informa tion Page Auxiliary Page Group is used to save GDL 69A activation data when the XM services are initially set up It is not used during normal XM Radio operation but there should be no adverse effects if inadvertently selected during flight Refer to the GDL 69 69A XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions 190 00355 04 Rev F or later for further information 1 Contact XM WX Satellite Radio through the email address listed on their website www xmradio com or by the customer service phone number listed on the website Follow the instructions provided by XM Satellite Radio services 2 Select the Auxiliary Page Group 3 Select the next to last page in the AUX Page Group 4 If necessary select the INFO Softkey to display the XM Information Page 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 11 ADDITIONAL FEATURES 5 Verify that the desired services are activated 6 Select the LOCK Softkey 7 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight YES 8 To complete activation press the ENT Key Data Audio RadioID Radio ID TRX T ALIX XM INFORMATION ALTO RADTO TD T50630MV DATA SIONAL STRENGTH ALTO SIONAL STRENOTH CHECK ANTENNA CHECK ANTENNA Active Weather Products Figure 11 14 XM Information Page If XM weathe
109. SL HAP WEATHER DATA LINK UNITED STATES OF AMERICA ORL ANI OKLAHOHA MEMPHIS MIEUHESSE J K mr CELL MOY SIG AIR HETAR LEGEND HORE Wx NEXRAD select the NEXRAD Softkey to show NEXRAD weather and radar coverage information Areas where radar coverage is not available are shown in grayish purple The display is updated every five minutes Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 E DERE Np 800m L NEXRAD Limitations Certain limitations exist regarding the NEXRAD radar displays Some but not all are listed here e NEXRAD base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine cloud layers or precipitation characteristics hail vs rain etc e An individual NEXRAD site cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges and has no information about storms directly over the site e The resolution of displayed NEXRAD data is 4 square kilometers Therefore each square block is 2 kilometers on each side The intensity level reflected by the square is the highest level sampled within the square area ECHO TOP select the ECHO TOP Softkey to show the location elevation and direction of the highest radar echo This may not indicate the top of a storm or clouds only the highest radar return echo ECHO TOPS cannot be displayed along with NEXRAD and CLOUD TOPS When ECHO TOPS is activated NEXRAD and CLOUD TOPS are removed Refer to the Legend for a description of the ECHO TOPS cod
110. STEMS E E x Fuel timer off or outofsewice Electric fuel pump running manual or automatic mode Battery current over 50Awhile on ground X Batey off o Fuel tanks imbalanced by more than 15 USGAL for gt 30 seconds m i Fuel quantity ess than or equal to 9 1 USGAL in specified tank a a xX X Inertial separator extended i tow fuel level sensor failure for specified tank Battery voltage below 26V 0 Oil temperature below 0 C or above 104 C Specified pitot heat left or right on while engine off X Specified pitot heat left or right off LX Prop deice selected andnoton LX Prop deice on while engine off X Rearcargodooropen Stall warning heat on while engine off X Stallwamingheat off XE Starter generatorruming TT TL Vacuum pressure less than 3 75 inHg K Only affected side L R or L R displayed in CAS message applicable messages listed here display L R for example Table 3 4 Caution CAS Messages pt Pt te Ee EE GROUND ox x fst xx d x bs xxx gt lt TOP pt Et ET Et l l xl Pf xx x LoP 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 3 9 SECTION 3 ENGINE amp AIRFRAME SYSTEMS Display Inhibits Inhibits prevent certain CAS messages from being displayed during the following conditions Engine off Engine on e Aircraft on ground e Takeoff e Aircraft in air Landing Takeoff and Landing Operation Phase inhibits TO
111. Softkey shows the header view approach chart briefing strip on the screen as seen in Figure 11 8 os Adh DTH WET APPROACH INFORMATION AIRPORT KPOK aPPROAGH ILS Rey ZOL 37 1 A JEPPESEN TOCT i 61 1 1 KPDK PDK DEK ALB PEACHTREE ATLANTA GA ILS Rwy ZOL 126 4 126 97 ETAF 170 9 l 1 6 J MISSED APCH Climb te 1400 then climbing RIGHT turn ta 3000 via 330 il hdg and sutbaund on ATL VOR A 009 te GORST INT O26 0 ATL and held Alt Sef INCHES Tani lesel FL 160 Trane alt 16000 i GMA of RADARA finquired 2 Use local al hirer sening Uf mor rpetietd ust Fulton Co Brown Fleld altimeter senilng 3 65 unable lor coupled approach below 1900 d Hontu ides to helg is of 200 plius In secar south of airpart 3 Pilor comrolled lig hing 120 0 ioe Fieg os iS i CEE ArH Api Pier 1003 POR Apeh ca CHAME EONDITIONALJ Fa T 111 1 203 2832 oeny 1241r moze 991 a POE VEW PLAN PROFILE HINTHUAS FIT MOTH Figure 11 8 Header View Selecting the PLAN Softkey shows the approach chart two dimensional plan view 190 00708 00 Rev A ERDER PLAN Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 11 ADDITIONAL FEATURES es 200k Dk 17 TRE 115 ETE 0253 AIRPORT EPDK arrpmowtH ILS RWY 20L 51 1 WPT APPROACH INFORMATION PEALHAT REE a 116 6 POK ee PROFILE MINIMUMS FIT WOTH ja Figure 11 9 Plan View Selecting the PROFILE Softkey displays the approach char
112. TAWS Alert Type Page Annunciation MFD Pop Up Alert Aural Message TAWS System Test Fail e TAWS System Failure No GPS position or excessively degraded ITAWS NAA None TAWS Not Available GPS signal TAWS Availble will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is re established System Test pass None TAWS System Test OK Alert Annunciations Alert Annunciation Figure 10 25 Alert Annunciation on the PFD Alert Annuciation Figure 10 24 Alert Annunciation on the TAWS Page 10 16 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A 10 7 AIRBORNE COLOR WEATHER RADAR Weather Radar Basics Antenna Beam Illumination It is important to understand the concept of the antenna beam illumination The radar beam is much like the beam of a spotlight The farther the beam travels the wider it gets The radar is only capable of seeing what is inside the boundaries of the beam Altitude x1000 ft 80 Antenna at Zero Tilt SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE Figure 10 26 depicts a radar beams characteristics The figure illustrates vertical dimensions of the radar beam although the same holds true for the horizontal dimensions In other words the beam is as wide as it is tall Note that it is possible not to see areas of precipitation on the radar display because of the antenna tilt setting With the antenna tilt set to zero in this illustration the beam overshoots the pr
113. TION 7 NAVIGATION 7 24 4 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired airport 5 Press the ENT Key Select a Recently Entered Airport Identifier 1 With the Airport Information Page displayed press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to the left Initially a flight plan waypoint list is displayed as in Figure 7 54 The list is populated only when navigating a flight plan 3 Turn the small FMS Knob to the right to display the RECENT airports as shown in Figure 7 56 AIRPORT Figure 7 56 Recently Entered Airports List 4 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired airport 5 Press the ENT Key Select an Airport by Facility Name or City Location 1 With the Airport Information Page displayed press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 2 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the facility name or location city field 3 Enter the desired facility name or city 4 Press the ENT Key 5 To remove the flashing cursor press the FMS Knob Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Access Runway Information 1 With the Airport Information Page displayed press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 2 Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor on the RUNWAYS identifier field 3 Turn the small FMS Knob in the direction of the green arrow to display the next runway for the selected airport Continue turning the small FMS Knob to select the desired ru
114. V LNAV VNAV and LPV approaches according to the published chart The active appoach type is annunciated on the HSI as shown in the following table Figure 9 4 Select Arrival Transition Figure 9 5 Select Arrival Runway HSI DESCRIPTION With LOAD highlighted press the ENT Key Ifa eo flight plan is active the selected arrival procedure is INAV GPS approach using published inserted after the destination airport and becomes ea LNAV V GPS approach using published part of the active flight plan To begin flying the arrival procedure initiate a Direct to at the desired l arrival waypoint in the flight plan If no flight plan LNAV minima Advisory vertical is active when the arrival is loaded the arrival guidance is provided procedure becomes the active flight plan L VNAV GPS approach using published LNAV VNAV minima LPV GPS approach using published LPV minima Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A Load and or Activate an Approach Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 6 190 00708 00 Rev A Press the PROC Key Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight SELECT APPROACH Press the ENT Key If a flight plan is active the destination airport is displayed as the default A list of available approaches is also displayed If no flight plan is active use the FMS Knobs to enter the identifier of the desired airport Press the ENT Key Turn the large FMS Knob to high
115. VNAV and LPV Approach CDI Scaling 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 2 11 SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS Bearing Pointers and Information Windows Selecting the PFD Softkey provides access to the BRG1 and BRG2 Sottkeys The BRGI Pointer is a single line pointer The BRG2 Pointer is a double line pointer Bearing 2 Pointer CDI i Bearing 1 Pointer Bearing 1 Bearing 2 Information Information Window Window Figure 2 27 HSI with Bearing Information Distance to Bearing Source Waypoint Identifier Bearing Pointer Source Icon Figure 2 28 BRG1 Information Window Distance to Bearing Source Waypoint Identifier Bearing Pointer Icon Source Figure 2 29 BRG2 Information Window 2 12 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 DME optional To display the DME Information Window select the PFD Softkey followed by the DME Softkey DHE NAV 1 110 90 9 1 NH Figure 2 30 DME Information Window Navigation Source Change navigation sources 1 Select the CDI Softkey to change from GPS to VOR1 LOC1 2 Select the CDI Softkey again to change from VOR1 LOC1 to VOR2 LOC2 3 Select the CDI Softkey a third time to return to GPS When using GPS as the navigation source the following may appear e LOI GPS position integrity is inadequate for the current procedure being flown If GPS is being used as primary
116. a pop up terrain alert on the display Threshold Distance From Destination Airport nm Height Above Terrain Feet 1000 T Figure 10 19 PDA Alerting a 3 Excessive Descent Rate Alert EDR ae a DON T SINK The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate alert isto 2 provide suitable alerts when the aircraft is determined to be closing descending upon terrain at an excessive i Miers O So speed Figure 10 20 displays the correlation between height above terrain and descent rate resulting inthetwo go EDR alerts EDR alerts have two levels of severity caution g sink rate and warning pull up 6 gt oes 5 DON T SINK 5 5500 D I 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000 Sink Rate Feet Per Minute 4500 Figure 10 21 Negative Climb Rate B Five Hundred Aural Alert The purpose of the aural alert message Five hundred is to provide an advisory alert to the aircrew that the aircraft is five hundred feet above terrain When the aircraft descends within 500 feet of terrain the aural message Five hundred is heard There are no display Si annunciations or pop up alerts that accompany the aural 1000 PULL UP message 3500 3000 2500 2000 Height Above Terrain Feet 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 Descent Rate Figure 10 20 Excessive
117. again to restore the audio VOLUME Baat LLULLU 22 E L MUTE d VoL VOL Figure 11 18 Volume Control Select PRESETS to Access the Preset Channels Softkeys n L BACK Select MORE to Cycle Through the Preset annels Figure 11 17 Accessing and Selecting XM Preset Channels Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 11 9 SECTION 11 ADDITIONAL FEATURES Data Link Receiver Error Messages Message Location Data Link Receiver antenna error servi XM Radio Page active channel field n ecelver antenna error service XM Radio Page active channel field Data Link Receiver updating encryption code XM Radio Page active channel field Loss of signal signal strength too low for Weather Datalink Page center of page receiver XM Radio Page active channel field Acquiring channel audio or information XM Radio Page active channel fel XM Radio Page active channel field Missing channel information No communication from Data Link Receiver Weather Datalink Page center of page within last 5 minutes Weather Datalink Page center of page XM subscription is not activated 11 10 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A 11 4 SCHEDULER The Scheduler feature can be used to enter and display reminder messages e g Hot Section Inspection or Phase l Maintenance Check in the Alerts Window on the PFD Messages can be s
118. ain to remove the Bearing Line and cursor The bearing reference is also reset to 0 HAP WEATHER RADAR STAG ON ara I TILT TILT UP 6 08 DART HG LS SECTOR SEAH FULL MIH CALIBRATED HAP HORIZON Pigeons GAIN WATCH SS Wx ALRT Figure 10 42 Selecting Sector Scan Position i y T O TILI 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to place the Bearing Line in the desired position The location of the Bearing I enve Baa PAR Line becomes the center point of the Sector Scan F serons lt M 3 Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the SECTOR SCAN field HoRtzon verrica cain E 4 Turn the small FMS Knob to select FULL 60 40 Figure 10 43 40 Sector Scan or 20 scan Antenna Stabilization 1 To activate or deactivate the antenna stabilization select the MODE Softkey 2 Select the STAB ON Softkey to activate antenna stabilization or select the STAB OFF Softkey to deactivate The current stabilization condition is shown in the upper right of the weather radar display 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 10 27 SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE Weather Attenuated Color Highlight WATCH Displayed intensity is questionable eer Areas of Attenuated While in horizontal scan mode this feature can be used stronger than displaye Signal as a tool to determine areas of possible inaccuracies in EE N86 cre 01 11 esaeo N HAP WEATHER RADAR displayed intensity due to
119. amounts of wet hail return stronger signals than those with rain In the upper regions of a cell where ice particles are dry no liquid coating target returns are less intense Hail shafts can be associated with the same radar target return characteristics as tornados Operation in Weather Mode WARNING Begin transmitting only when it is safe to do so When transmitting while the aircraft is on the ground no personnel or objects should be within 11 feet of the antenna Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 CAUTION In Standby mode the antenna is parked at the center line It is always a good idea to put the radar in Standby mode before taxiing the aircraft to prevent the antenna from bouncing on the bottom stop and possibly causing damage to the radar assembly When the weather radar system is in the Weather or Ground Map mode the system automatically switches to Standby mode on landing In Reversionary mode the weather radar system automatically switches to Standby mode The system remains in Standby mode until both displays are restored In Reversionary mode the weather radar system cannot be controlled Radar Mode HTE 4 Scan Line Antenna Stabilization Status FULL CALIBRATED L J LTGHI HAP VERTICAL GAIN WATCH ERG Figure 10 35 Horizontal Scan Display 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE Displaying Weather on the Weather Radar Page CAUTION 1
120. an WPT AIRPORT INFORMATION 1 With the Airport Information Page displayed press T the FMS Knob to activate the cursor NORTH UP KCI 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to the left to display a list of flight plan airports as shown in Figure 7 54 AIRPORT L FPL KOF fi FREDUENCIES ATIS CLEARANCE Figure 7 54 Flight Plan Airport List 3 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired airport 4 Press the ENT Key Select a Nearest Airport With the Airport Information Page displayed press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor Select the Airport Information Page 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to the left Initially a flight plan airport list is displayed as in Figure 7 54 1 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the WPT page The list is populated only when navigating a flight group plan 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the first rectangular page icon Initially information for the airport closest to the aircraft s present position is displayed Figure 7 53 Airport Information Page 1 Select an Airport from the Database 1 With the Airport Information Page displayed press Figure 7 55 Nearest Airport List the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 3 Turn the small FMS Knob to the right to display the 2 Enter the desired airport identifier NRST airports to the aircraft s current position as shown in Figure 7 55 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 7 23 SEC
121. and MEPT are unavailable FD may still be available Performing preflight system test aural alert sounds at completion Do not press the AP DISC Switch during servo power up and preflight system PFT tests as this may cause the preflight system test to fail or never to start if servos Preflight Test fail their power up tests Power must be cycled to the servos to remedy the situation PFT Preflight system test failed aural alert sounds at failure Table 6 4 AFCS Status Alerts 6 36 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A Overspeed Protection While Pitch Hold Vertical Speed Flight Level Change Vertical Path Tracking or an altitude capture mode is active airspeed is monitored by the flight director and pitch commands are limited for overspeed protection Overspeed protection is provided in situations where the flight director cannot acquire and maintain the mode reference for the selected vertical mode without exceeding the certified maximum autopilot airspeed When an autopilot overspeed condition occurs the Airspeed Reference appears in a box above the Airspeed Indicator flashing a yellow MAXSPD annunciation Engine power should be reduced as pitch is adjusted by the autopilot to slow the aircraft The annunciation disappears when the overspeed condition is resolved nav1 188 08 lt 117 95 NAV2 117 95 Airspeed Indicator Figure 6 44 Overspeed Annunciation SECTION 6 AUT
122. and MFD Track Bug e All Bearing Pointer Distances e Active Flight Plan distances bearings and ETE values Also while the G1000 is in DR Mode the autopilot will not couple to GPS and both TAWS and Terrain Proximity is disabled Additionally the accuracy of all nearest information airports airspaces and waypoints is questionable Finally airspace alerts continue to function but with degraded accuracy Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 12 3 SECTION 12 ABNORMAL OPERATION Blank Page 12 4 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS 13 1 CAS MESSAGES Warning Messages When a new red CAS warning message appears it flashes inversely red on white in conjunction with the Master Warning Indicator Pressing the Master Warning Indicator acknowledges all flashing red messages extinguishing the master warning lights and stops warning message flashing Once acknowledged CAS warning messages are shown in red text and are displayed until the issue is corrected Messages Comments Battery temperature over 0 C Bleed temperature high Cabin altitude over 10 000 ft Cabin pressure differential over 6 2 psi Pilot or cabin door open Engine compartment fire temperature over 200 C if installed Dissymmetry between left and right hand flaps Fuel pressure below 10 ps
123. approach is activated and the autopilot disconnects indicated by the AP annunciation flashing yellow for 5 seconds Flashes 5 sec a GA LEAP YD ALTS 2 Start the climb to the prescribed altitude in the published Missed Approach Procedure in this case 10 000 ft a Press the AP Key to re engage the autopilot b If navigating an ILS approach select the CDI Softkey to select GPS as the navigation source This is not necessary when navigating a GPS approach c Select the SUSP Softkey to begin navigating to the Missed Approach Hold Point d Press the NAV Key to have the autopilot fly to the hold a GPS JAAP YD ALTS 3 Use the ALT Knob to set a Selected Altitude to hold To hold the current airspeed during the climb press the FLC Key GPS AP YD FLC kt ALTS As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode indicated by the green ALTS annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL ALT The green ALT annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the Selected Altitude the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft NOTE As a result of calculations performed by the system while flying the holding pattern the display may re size automatically and the aircraft may not precisely track the holding pattern 4 The autopi
124. at the decision height and land the aircraft Use the GA Switch to execute a missed approach 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 6 33 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Flying a WAAS precision approach KCOS 1 Arm flight director modes for a precision approach a Make sure the navigation source is set to GPS use CDI Softkey to change navigation source b Select the Runway 35R LPV approach for KCOS into CEGIX the flight plan 2 Press the APR Key once clearance for approach has been acquired GPS Approach Mode is activated and Glidepath Mode is armed _GPS AP_ YD VPTH ALTS GP se ao 3 Once the glidepath is captured Glidepath Mode becomes active The flight director now provides guidance to the Missed Approach Point 4 There are two options available at this point as the autopilot flies the approach e Push the AP DISC Switch at the Decision height and land the aircraft SPO d9 lddV Sd9 SPO AVN Sd5 e Use the GA Switch to execute a missed approach Figure 6 41 LPV Approach to KCOS 6 34 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A Go Around Missed Approach Flying a missed approach 1 Push the GA Switch at the Decision height and apply full power to execute a missed approach The flight director Command Bars establish a nose up climb to follow Note that when the GA Switch is pushed the missed
125. ata TBM 850 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Vertical Speed Mode VS Changing the Vertical Speed Reference In Vertical Speed Mode the flight director acquires The Vertical Speed Reference shown both in the AFCS and maintains a Vertical Speed Reference Current aircraft Status Box and above the Vertical Speed Indicator may vertical speed to the nearest 100 fpm becomes the Vertical be changed by Speed Reference at the moment of Vertical Speed Mode activation This mode may be used for climb or descent to the Selected Altitude shown above the Altimeter since Selected Altitude Capture Mode is automatically armed Using the NOSE UP DN Wheel Pressing the CWS Button hand tflying the aircraft to attain a new Vertical Speed Reference then releasing when Vertical Speed Mode is selected the CWS Button When Vertical Speed Mode is activated by pressing the VS Key VS is annunciated in green in the AFCS Status Box along with the Vertical Speed Reference The Vertical Speed Reference is also displayed above the Vertical Speed Indicator A Vertical Speed Reference Bug corresponding to the Vertical Speed Reference is shown on the indicator Vertical Speed ae Selected Altitude Capture Mode Active p pte z Mode Armed navi 168 00 117 95 e KTI 12 804 ge 227 136 975 gt 118 000 com HAVZ 117 95 Vi ren A 136 375 ea ae ee ae Selected Altitude m Vertical Speed Reference Vertical Speed Reference Bug Command
126. atic Transition C GPS e VPTH Figure 6 15 VNV Altitude Capture Changing the VNV Target Altitude NOTE Pressing the CWS Button while in VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode does not cancel the mode Changing the current VNV Target Altitude while VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode is active causes the flight director to revert to Pitch Hold Mode Vertical Path Tracking and the appropriate altitude capture mode are armed in preparation to capture the new VNV Target Altitude or the Selected Altitude depending on which altitude is to be intercepted first VNV target altitudes can be changed while editing the active flight plan see the Navigation section for details Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Glidepath Mode GP 2 Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source use the CDI Softkey to cycle through NOTE Pressing the CWS Button while Glidepath navigation sources if necessary Mode is active does not cancel the mode The 3 Press the APR Key autopilot guides the aircraft back to the glidepath upon release of the CWS Button Upon reaching the glidepath the flight director SC transitions to Glidepath Mode and begins to capture and Glidepath Mode is used to track the WAAS based track the glidepath glidepath When Glidepath Mode is armed GP is BME ALTS GP annunciated in white in the AFCS Status Box Figure 6 17 Glidepath Mode Armed Selecting Glide
127. ating the flight plan along the closest leg PAGE MENU OPTIONS Cancel Direct To NAV e Lieor Vertical Constraints Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to base poge Figure 7 6 Canceling Direct to Navigation Direct to Navigation from the PFD WPT Symbol DIRECT TO Identifier Facility Name WPT Location Vig es Offset Distance DIS 1074NM _ Distance from WPT ACTIVATE Figure 7 7 PFD Direct to Window Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 i SECTION 7 NAVIGATION Enter a Direct to Destination 1 Press the Direct to Key E 2 Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the desired selection field 3 Turn the small FMS Knob to begin selecting the desired identifier location etc 4 Press the ENT Key 5 The cursor is now flashing on ACTIVATE If no altitude constraint or course is desired press the ENT Key to activate To enter an altitude contraint proceed to step 6 6 Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor over the VNV altitude field 7 Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired VNV altitude 8 Press the ENT Key The option to select MSL or AGL is now displayed 9 Turn the small FMS Knob to select MSL or AGL 10 Press the ENT Key The cursor is placed in the VNV offset distance field 11 Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired target altitude offset from the selected D
128. ay the maaan transponder Mode Selection softkeys 4 Turn the large FMS knob to place the cursor in the t desired field 2 Select the CODE Softkey to display the N transponder Code Selection softkeys which 5 Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the next desired includes the digit softkeys character Ea 3 Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the first two 6 ee 4 and 5 until the desired Flight ID is entered digits 7 Press the ENT Key updating is displayed as the 4 Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor Flight ID is loaded into the system in position to change the second two digits 5 Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the second two digits 6 Press the ENT Key to activate the code immediately or wait 10 seconds and the code will become active Flight ID Reporting If so configured the Flight ID may be entered in the Timer Reterence Window REFERENCES TIMER 00 01 40 UP STOP S5KT OFF 1HQKT OFF 124KT OFF gt sie 4 OFF MINIMUMS BARO 15 0 FT Flight ID FLIGHT ID AIR265__ DEB Fatry Figure 4 16 Timer References Window 1 Select the TMR REF Softkey to display the Timer References Window 2 Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the Flight ID field 4 6 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 5 AUDIO PANEL SECTION 5 AUDIO PANEL a _ Comi com Transmitters Transceiver Audio COM
129. ayed only when a sufficient number of items are displayed in the Crew Alerting System Display to warrant scrolling Enables second level Navigation Map softkeys Displays traffic information on Navigation Map Displays topographical data e g coastlines terrain rivers lakes and elevation scale on Navigation Map Displays terrain information on Navigation Map Displays airways on the map cycles through the following AIRWAYS No airways are displayed AIRWY ON All airways are displayed AIRWY LO Only low altitude airways are displayed AIRWY HI Only high altitude airways are displayed Displays Stormscope weather and coverage information on Navigation Map optional feature Displays NEXRAD weather and coverage information on Navigation Map optional feature Displays XM lightning information on Navigation Map optional feature Returns to top level softkeys Selects desired amount of map detail cycles through declutter levels DCLTR No Declutter All map features visible DCLTR 1 Declutters land data DCLTR 2 Declutters land and SUA data DCLTR 3 Removes everything except the active flight plan When available displays optional airport and terminal procedure charts When available displays optional checklists 1 6 MFD PAGE GROUPS 1 Turn the large FMS Knob until the desired page group is selected 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select pages within the group See Figure 1 10 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190
130. aypoint list Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next character field Repeat steps 4 and 5 until the desired identitier has been entered WAYPOINT INFORHATION IDENT FACILITY CITY zua NORTH UP Chi J Figure 8 11 Waypoint Info Window Press the ENT Key Repeat step number 3 4 and 5 to enter the identifier for each additional flight plan waypoint When all waypoints have been entered press the FMS Knob to return to the Flight Plan Catalog Page The new flight plan is now in the list Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Create a New Flight Plan Using the PFD 1 2 NOTE A flight plan cannot be entered using the PFD if another flight plan is active NOTE After the first leg is entered using the PFD only it is immediately activated Press the FPL Key then press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the first letter of the destination airport identifier Turn the large FMS Knob to the right to move the cursor to the next character position Repeat step 2 to spell out the rest of the waypoint identifier Press the ENT Key and the cursor is now ready for entering of the next flight plan waypoint Repeat steps 2 through 4 to enter the identifier for each additional flight plan waypoint Once all waypoints have been entered press the FMS Knob remove the cursor The new flight plan is now active DTK DIS Figure 8 12 Crea
131. cceeen 7 29 7 14 Nearest Frequencies 0 c cccssseseseen 1 30 7 15 Nearest Airspace ccc essen 7 30 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 8 FLIGHT PLANNING 8 1 8 1 User Defined Waypoints 01511111111111111 8 1 Select the User WPT Information Page scssesseseeen 8 1 Create User Waypoints from the Navigation Map Page 8 2 8 2 Viewing the Active Flight Plan 8 2 8 3 Activate a Stored Flight Plan 8 2 8 4 Activate a Flight Plan Leg 0 c ee 8 3 8 5 Stop Navigating a Flight Plan 8 3 8 6 Invert Active Flight Plan es 8 3 8 7 Create a New Flight Plan 8 4 Create a New Flight Plan Using the MFD sssr 8 4 Create a New Flight Plan Using the PFD s s s 8 4 8 8 Enter an Airway in a Flight Plan 8 5 8 9 Load a Departure oo cscs 8 6 8 10 Load an Arrival ccs 8 6 8 11 Load an Approach occ 8 6 8 12 Remove a Departure Arrival Approach or Airway from a Flight Plan eeee 8 6 8 13 Store a Flight Plain ees 8 7 8 14 Edit a Stored Flight Plan 8 7 8 15 Delete a Waypoint from the Flight Plan 8 7 8 16 Invert and Activate a Stored Flight Plan 8 7 8 17 Copy a Flight Plann cece 8 7 8 18 Delete a Flight Plan ou essen 8 8 8 19 Graphical Flight Plan Creation 8 8 8
132. ck one character space 1 3 AFCS CONTROLS NOTE With the exception of the FD and SPD Keys if a key is selected its respective annuncia tor is illuminated MAW FO CRS1 HDG j APR HDG sc BANK PUSH DIA PUSH SYNC lt a AFR e Yoo OM w OY A w w w SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW The GFC 700 AFCS is mainly controlled through the GMC 710 AFCS Control Unit The AFCS Control Unit consists of the following controls HDG Key Selects deselects Heading Select Mode APR Key Selects deselects Approach Mode G NAV Key Selects deselects Navigation Mode 4 FD Key Activates deactivates the flight director in the default pitch and roll modes If the autopilot is engaged the FD Key is disabled XFR Key Switches the autopilot between the pilot side and the copilot side flight directors This selection also selects which air data computer is communicating with the active transponder and which PFD triggers the altitude alert Upon power up the pilot side FD is selected 6 ALT Key Selects deselects Altitude Hold Mode VS Key Selects deselects Vertical Speed Mode Be i ALT ALT SEL VNV UP PUSH DIR Figure 1 3 AFCS Control Unit GMC 710 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW FLC Key Selects deselects Flight Level Change Mo
133. cycled or disposed of according to local state or federal laws For more information refer to our website at www garmin com aboutGarmin environment disposal jsp G WARNING Because of anomalies in the earth s magnetic field operating the G1000 within the following areas could result in loss of reliable attitude and heading indications North of 70 North latitude and south of 70 South latitude An area north of 65 North latitude between longitude 75 West and 120 West An area south of 55 South latitude between longitude 120 East and 165 East CAUTION The PFD and MFD displays use a lens coated with a special anti reflective coating that is very sensitive to skin oils waxes and abrasive cleaners CLEANERS CONTAINING AMMONIA WILL HARM THE ANTI REFLECTIVE COATING Itis very important to clean the lens using a clean lint free cloth and an eyeglass lens cleaner that is specified as safe for anti reflective coatings 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 WARNINGS CAUTIONS amp NOTES CAUTION The Garmin G1000 does not contain any user serviceable parts Repairs should only be made by an authorized Garmin service center Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty and the pilot s authority to operate this device under FAA FCC regulations NOTE When using Stormscope there are several atmospheric phenomena in addition to nearby thu
134. d Pull Up Imminent Terrain Impact Warning ITI PULL UP Terrain Ahead Pull Up Terrain Ahead Pull Up or or Terrain Terrain Pull Up Pull Up Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance PULL UP Obstacle Obstacle Pull Up Pull Up Warning ROC or or Obstacle Ahead Pull Up Obstacle Ahead Pull Up Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning 101 PULL UP Obstacle Ahead Pull Up Obstacle Ahead Pull Up OF or Obstacle Obstacle Pull Up Pull Up Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Caution Caution Terrain Caution Terrain RTC or Terrain Ahead Terrain Ahead Terrain Ahead Terrain Ahead or Caution Terrain Caution Terrain Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Caution Obstacle Caution Obstacle STARE ED JEET AN Aural Message Imminent Terrain Impact Caution ITI Caution ROC or Obstacle Ahead Obstacle Ahead Obstacle Ahead Obstacle Ahead or Caution Obstacle Caution Obstacle Imminent Obstacle Impact Caution IOI Premature Descent Alert Caution PDA Atude Callout 500 Eve Hundred Excessive Descent Rate Caution EDR Sink Rate Negative Climb Rate Caution NCR DONT SINK Don t Sink or or TOO LOW TERRAIN Too Low Terrain 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 10 15 SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE The following system status annunciations may also be issued PFD MFD
135. d on the PFD bezel see Figure 1 1 NAV VOL ID Knob Controls NAV audio volume level Press to switch the Morse code identifer audio ON and OFE Volume level is shown in the NAV frequency field as a percentage NAV Frequency Transfer Key Switches the standby and active NAV frequencies G Dual NAV Knob Tunes the standby frequencies for the NAV receiver large knob for MHz small knob for kHz Press to switch the tuning box light blue box between NAV1 and NAV2 O Joystick Changes the map range when rotated Activates the map pointer when pressed G BARO Knob Sets the altimeter barometric pressure Press to enter standard pressure 29 92 6 Dual COM Knob Tunes the standby frequencies for the COM transceiver large knob for MHz small knob for kHz Press to switch the tuning box light blue box between COM1 and COM2 COM Frequency Transfer Key Switches the standby and active COM frequencies Press and hold this key for two seconds to tune the emergency frequency 121 5 MHz automatically into the active frequency field COM VOL SQ Knob Controls COM audio volume level Volume level is shown in the COM frequency field as a percentage Press to turn the COM automatic squelch ON and OFF 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW C Direct to Key B33 Allows the user to enter a destination waypoint and establish a direct course to the selected destination the destination i
136. datons csascssiaasessavacessanawarsavanaissasncaseseive 10 16 10 7 Airborne Color Weather Radar 10 17 Weather Radar Basics c sccsscessesseesseeseesesseeaneerees 10 17 Weather Mapping and Interpretation cesses 10 21 Operation in Weather Mode s 10 22 Ground Mapping and Interpretation ccseeseen 10 29 190 00708 00 Rev A TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 11 ADDITIONAL FEATURES 11 1 11 1 Salel aK bssaiccsicedie user a doses 11 1 11 2 Terminal Procedure Charts Optional 11 3 Chart selection s accsacsicosaniumsapedcamendimctaoaanae 11 3 Ehart NOT OPN culeasa 11 4 Day Night View SelectiOn sccscsseseseesseresseaseean 11 6 11 3 XM Radio Optional 0 0 ee 11 7 Activating XM Satellite Radio Services c ccseeseeseeen 11 7 UNAM Radi aana nena nD 11 8 Data Link Receiver Error Messages sessesseeseeeen 11 10 11 4 SCHOQUICR isis cissossscrdeuoaseiradsiminaonnestasnieonaien 11 11 Entering a Scheduler Message 11 11 Deleting a Scheduler Message 11 12 SECTION 12 ABNORMAL OPERATION 12 1 12 1 Reversionary Mode 0 cccccccce cscs 12 1 12 2 Abnormal COM Operation 0 0 0 0 000 12 1 12 3 Unusual Attitudes ccc 12 2 12 4 Stormscope Operation with Loss of Heading Input cece resteeseeseen 12 2 12 5 Hazard Displays with Loss of GPS Position 12 2 12 6 Dead Reckoning teas 12 2 SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp
137. de CRS2 Knob Sets the copilot selected course on the HSI of PFD2 when the VORI VOR2 or OBS SUSP mode is selected Pressing this knob centers the CDI on the currently selected VOR The copilot selected course provides course reference to the copilot side flight director when operating in Navigation and Approach modes SPD Key Switches the Flight Level Change mode reference speed between IAS and MACH number 11 NOSE UP DN Wheel Controls the active mode reference for the Pitch Vertical Speed and Flight Level Change modes 12 VNV Key Selects deselects Vertical Navigation mode 13 ALT SEL Knob Sets the selected altitude in the Selected Altitude Box In addition to providing the standard G1000 altitude alerter function selected altitude provides an altitude setting for the Altitude Capture Hold mode of the AFCS YD Key Engages disengages the yaw damper 15 AP Key Engages disengages the autopilot BANK Key Selects deselects Low Bank Mode 17 CRS1 Knob Sets the pilot selected course on the HSI of PFD1 when the VORI VOR2 or OBS SUSP mode is selected Pressing this knob centers the CDI on the currently selected VOR The pilot selected course provides course Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 reference to the pilot side flight director when operating in Navigation and Approach modes BC Key Selects deselects Back Course Mode HDG Knob Sets the
138. displayed as a cross pointer Figure 6 4 move independently to indicate pitch horizontal bar and roll vertical bar commands Both PFDs show the same Command Bar format Command DIK PILOT PROFILE PT LUE LEHI AVAL LBL TF TTHE mati 01 APR O5 TIMI BOSE 1Eict TIRE FORAT LOCAL 24hr TIHE WPS 0000 DISPLAY UNITS Hay AROLE HAG UAR Ejs HAUTICAL Hm Hi FEETIFi FPH FNM CELSIUS DLE SPU ALT VE FUEL GALLONS thei MEDGHT POUNDS 1m PTT LOH HOD HHHH OAR TRANS TT LOM ALERT oN ALTITupe 16000F1 MAGNETIC RRTM LRT SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL DEFAULT PROFILE AUX SYSTEH SETUP ee aero B CREATE i yE Fir JATREP AGE nl FRT ALTITUDE BUFFER CLASS DeTH OFF F CLASS CrTcA OFF F CLASS D UFF RESTRICTED OFF F HOA MILITARY OFF OTHERS ADT 4 OFF E HPD DaTh BAR PTO FIELO 4 FICLD Z FIELD 3 FICLD 4 peen SELECTED STEH CDI COR CONTIG OFF B 0nn M10 ALERT FEMALE WOT Lik SELie DIRECTOR PORHAT ACTIU SNGL CUE CHE SPM aah HF ORE ST MFT RHHY SURF OE AEM LENGTH GY ACHRON AA LOM Cai Bar format may only be changed while on the ground m Command Bars 4 Aircraft Symbol Figure 6 5 Changing Command Bar Format Changing Command Bar Format 1 Select the AUX SYSTEM SETUP Page as shown in Figure 6 5 Command Bars 2 Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 3
139. ds service Return unit for repair GMA2 SERVICE GMA2 needs service Return unit for repair The audio panel self test has detected a problem in the unit Certain audio functions may still be available and the audio panel may still be usable The G1000 system should be serviced when possible 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 13 13 SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS GIA 63W Message Advisories GIA1 CONFIG GIA1 contig error Contig service req d The GIA1 and or GIA2 configuration settings do not match backup configuration GIA2 CONFIG GIA2 config error memory The G1000 system should be serviced Contig service req d GIA1 CONFIG GIA1 audio contig error Contig service req d The GIA1 and or GIA2 have an error in the audio configuration The G1000 GIA2 CONFIG GIA2 audio config system should be serviced error Contig service req d GIA1 COOLING GIA1 temperature too low The GIA1 and or GIA2 temperature is too low to operate correctly Allow units to GIA2 COOLING GIA2 temperature warm up to operating temperature too low GIA1 COOLING GIA1 over temperature The GIA1 and or GIA2 temperature is too high If problem persists the G1000 GIA2 COOLING GIA2 over system should be serviced temperature GIA1 SERVICE GIA1 needs service Return the unit for repair The GIA1 and or GIA2 self test has detected a problem in the unit The
140. e 11 19 Scheduler Utility Page 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 11 11 SECTION 11 ADDITIONAL FEATURES 9 For event based messages a Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired date DD MM YY and press the ENT Key b Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next field c Use the FMS Knob to enter the desired time HH MM and press the ENT Key 10 Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to enter the next message Deleting a Scheduler Message 1 Select the AUX Utility Page 2 Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor 3 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the name field of the scheduler message to be deleted 4 Press the CLR Key to clear the message text If the CLR Key is pressed again the message is restored 5 Press the ENT Key to confirm message deletion Scheduler messages appear in the Alerts Window on the PFD and cause the ALERTS Softkey label to change to ADVISORY Selecting the ADVISORY Softkey opens the Alerts Window and acknowledges the scheduler message The softkey revers to the ALERTS label and when selected the Alerts Window is removed from the display and the scheduler message is deleted from the message queue ALERTS SCHEDULER 1 Skil z s i to samt INSPECTION Figure 11 20 PFD Alerts Window ite Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for
141. e FMS Knob to select the desired waypoint 4 Press the ENT Key The cursor is now displayed on ACTIVATE 5 Press ENT again to activate a Direct to Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Select a Direct to Destination to a Nearest Airport 1 Press the Direct to J Key 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to the left Initially a flight plan waypoint list is displayed as in Figure 7 3 The list is populated only when navigating a flight plan IDENT FACILITY CITY P N CEN USA e NORTH UP et Figure 7 4 Nearest Airport List MFD 3 Turn the small FMS Knob to the right to display the NRST airports to the aircraft s current position as shown in Figure 7 4 4 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired airport 5 Press the ENT Key The cursor is now displayed on ACTIVATE 6 Press ENT again to activate a Direct to Select a Direct to Destination to a Recently Entered Identifier 1 Press the Direct to f Key 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to the left Initially a flight plan waypoint list is displayed as in Figure 7 3 The list is populated only when navigating a flight plan 190 00708 00 Rev A 190 00708 00 Rev A DIRECT TO m IDENT FACILITY CITY KSLH N CEN USA m NORTH UP Figure 7 5 Recently Entered Waypoints List MFD 3 Turn the small FMS Knob to the right to display the RECENT waypoints as shown in Figure 7 5 4 Turn the large FMS Knob to se
142. e Figure DIRECT 0 LIDENT FACILITY CITY 1 25 TRIA Pe 3 _ ne ETE LEGT PLAH l KHEC KCOS TOF Airway V45LN SLN Airwoy VJA Lad i HYS l LAA Airwoy V263 THE TEE KOS ae 10Ent Arrival KCOS TBEOBRY T ALL 15NH TRE 141 Lda hs LOCATION GURAE A VR PROFILE BRG J60 ors 101NH ACTIVE VHY HPT LFI i Wee IHI LPH FRA et REO FPH TIHE To TOD COURSE 2 ACTIVATE Y DEN F Figure 7 26 Direct To OPSHN d Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the VNV altitude field as shown in Figure 7 27 CHEL VNU SHH a Figure 7 25 HYS to LAA Leg Active DIRECT TO p MDE EAGT LIT FSHN a SH USA 11 ATC grants clearance to proceed direct to OPSHN intersection to begin the arrival procedure ATC advises to expect an altitude of 10 000 feet at ee OPSHN a Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor b Turn the large FMS Knob to select OPSHN in the flight plan list i 15nn c Press the Direct to E Key The Direct to a Window is now displayed as shown in Figure 7 jens 260 os 101m 26 ACTIVATE Figure 7 27 Enter VNV Altitude e An altitude of 10 000 feet is entered as requested by ATC 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 7 11 7 12 SECTION 7 NAVIGATION f Press the ENT Key The cursor is now displayed in the VNV offset field as shown in Figure 7 28 DIRECT TO IDENT FACILITY CITY
143. e Socata TBM 850 FP E Figure 8 3 Active Flight Plan Page on the MFD ACTIVATE A STORED FLIGHT PLAN Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page FLIGHT PLAN LIST 1 KIXD KSLN Figure 8 4 Flight Plan Catalog Page Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan and select the ACTIVE Softkey With OK highlighted press the ENT Key to activate the flight plan To cancel the flight plan activation 190 00708 00 Rev A 8 4 1 2 4 8 5 1 2 SECTION 8 FLIGHT PLANNING turn the large FMS Knob to highlight CANCEL and 3 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Delete Flight press the ENT Key Plan and press the ENT Key With OK highlighted press the ENT Key to deactivate the flight plan This ACTIVATE A FLIGHT PLAN LEG will not delete the stored flight plan only the active flight plan From the Active Flight Plan Page press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor and turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired destination Maypole Figure 8 7 Delete Flight Plan Confirmation Select the ACT LEG Softkey using MFD only Or 8 6 INVERT ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN Press the MENU Key select the Activate Leg option a from the page menu and press the ENT Key This 1 From the Active Flight Plan Page press the MENU step must be used when activating a leg from Key to display the Page Menu
144. e audio returns when the next marker signal is received To turn off the marker beacon audio press the MKR MUTE Key once when there is no marker indication present or press twice when an indication is present The key annunciator extinguishes when the marker beacon audio is turned off 5 2 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Outer Marker Middle Marker Inner Marker Altimeter Figure 5 4 Marker Beacon Annunciators on the PFD Marker Beacon Signal Sensitivity The HI SENS Key can be pressed for increased marker beacon signal sensitivity MKR HI MUTE SENS Figure 5 5 Marker Beacon 5 4 NAV RADIO AUDIO SELECTION Pressing NAVI or NAV2 selects and deselects the radio source and activates the annunciator Selected audio can be heard over the headset and the speakers Pushing the PUSH VOL ID Knob at this time allows the navigation facility identifer to be heard These two keys can be selected individually or together a Figure 5 6 Navigation Radios 190 00708 00 Rev A 5 5 PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM A passenger address system is activated by pressing the PA Key to deliver messages to the passengers The message is heard by the other pilot on the headset only if the INTR COM Key is enabled PA messages are one way from the flight deck to the passengers A Push to talk PTT must be pressed to deliver PA announcements to the passengers over their headphones When PA is selected on the Audio
145. e corresponding LOC frequency is tuned 4 Press the APR Key 2 Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if necessary If the following occurs the flight director reverts to Roll Hold Mode wings rolled level e Approach Mode is active and a Vectors To Final is activated e Approach Mode is active and Navigation source is manually switched e GPS Navigation Mode is active and the FAF is crossed after the automatic navigation source switch from GPS to LOC 6 22 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A Backcourse Mode BC NOTE When making a backcourse approach set the Selected Course to the localizer front course Backcourse Mode captures and tracks a localizer signal in the backcourse direction The mode may be selected by pressing the BC Key Backcourse Mode is armed if the CDI is greater than one dot when the mode is selected The flight director creates roll steering commands from the Selected Course and deviation when in Backcourse Mode Backcourse Mode Active LOC2 is Selected Navigation Source SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Changing the Selected Course The Selected Course on each PFD is controlled independently using the CRS1 and CRS2 knobs Pressing the CWS Button and hand flying the aircraft does not reset any reference data while in Backcourse Mode The autopilot guides the airc
146. e fix is not part of the published procedure In some missed approach procedures this altitude fix may be part of the published procedure For example the procedure dictates a climb to 5 500 feet then turn left and proceed to the Missed Approach Hold Point MAHP In this case the altitude fix would be labeled 5500 Again if the aircratt altitude is lower than this prescribed altitude a direct to is established to this fix when the missed approach procedure is activated 25 Upon reaching the MAP it is decided to execute a missed approach Automatic waypoint sequencing is suspended past the MAP Select the SUSP Softkey on the PFD to resume automatic waypoint sequencing through the missed approach procedure 190 00708 00 Rev A cz KS TRE SECTION 7 NAVIGATION A direct to is initiated to MOGAL which is the Missed Approach Hold Point MAHP as seen in Figure 7 50 The aircraft is climbing to 10 000 feet The CDI flight phase now changes from LPV to MAPR as seen on the HSI K Ere D FPL ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN O MRIH A ACTIE PLIGHT PLAN OS eer KHEC KEOS i DATA E FSHER ms PY HOH Bei FAS Approoch KCOS RNAY J5Rers LPW mag KABUK i 2 NS CELE FALUR oat A CGH pi m aa i Era i Sf af i SST OGAL mahp nn ee Bi SRT Pel tae cmekKCGS OLD oian m Ta ahs EUC eee TE ae sa iH oe ay F E atria t _CUHHEMI P F L W IU O s Y REO a UDE a
147. e recorder begins recording over the stored memory blocks starting from the oldest block Powering off the unit automatically clears all recorded blocks v v MAN sQ PLAY Figure 5 10 Recorder Player Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 5 3 SECTION 5 AUDIO PANEL e Pressing PLAY once plays the latest recorded memory block then returns to normal operation Pressing MKR MUTE while playing a memory block stops play Pressing the PLAY Key during play begins playing the previously recorded memory block Each subsequent press of the PLAY Key begins playing the next previously recorded block If a COM input signal is detected while playing play is halted and the new COM input signal is recorded as the latest block 5 4 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT Flight director mode annunciations are displayed on the PFDs when the flight director is active Flight director CONTROL selection and autopilot and yaw damper statuses are shown in the center of the AFCS Status Box Lateral flight 6 1 FLIGHT DIRECTOR ACTIVATION director modes are displayed on the left and vertical on An initial press of a key listed in Table 6 1 when the the right Armed modes are displayed in white and active flight director is not active activates the pilot side flight 1n green director in the listed
148. e the WGS 84 datum Cross check waypoint for navigation xxxx position with alternate navigation sources TRAFFIC FAIL Traffic device has The G1000 is no longer receiving data from the traffic system The traffic device failed should be serviced 13 22 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS Miscellaneous Message Advisories Cont Message STRMSCP FAIL Stormscope has failed FAILED PATH A data path has failed A data path connected to the GDU or the GIA 63 W has failed MAG VAR WARN Large magnetic The GDU s internal model cannot determine the exact magnetic variance for variance Verity all course angles geographic locations near the magnetic poles Displayed magnetic course angles may differ trom the actual magnetic heading by more than 2 Stormscope has failed The G1000 system should be serviced ECS Service required The environmental control system has failed CRUISE Cruise conditions met Cruise engine trend data log has been captured CRUISE II Cruise Il conditions met Cruise Il engine trend data log has been captured EXCEEDANCE Engine exceedance me An engine exceedance log has been captured data is being logged SCHEDULER lt message gt Message criteria entered by the user 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 13 23 SECTI
149. ecipitation at 15 nautical miles The curvature of the earth can also be a factor especially at range settings of 150 nautical miles or more Figure 10 27 Half Power at Beam Sidelobes _ m m Figure 10 26 Radar Beam from 10 inch Antenna Figure 10 27 Radar Beam in Relation to the Curvature of the Earth 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE 10 18 Radar Signal Attenuation Attenuation because of distance is due to the fact that the radar energy leaving the antenna is inversely proportional to the square of the distance The reflected radar energy from a target 40 miles away that fills the radar beam is one fourth the energy reflected from an equivalent target 20 miles away This would appear to the operator that the storm is gaining intensity as the aircraft gets closer The GWX 68 system compensates for much of this distance attenuation Attenuation due to precipitation is not as predictable as distance attenuation It is also more intense As the radar signal passes through moisture a portion of the radar energy is reflected back to the antenna However much of the energy is absorbed If precipitation is very heavy or covers a large area the signal may not reach completely through the area of precipitation The weather radar system cannot distinguish between an attenuated signal and area of no precipitation If the si
150. eed Reference are adjusted and does not allow the aircraft to climb or descend away from the Selected Altitude Airspeed Selected Altitude Capture Mode Armed 118 008 con 5 COM 194 u 19300 19209 15100 R LEL 05 73 16 Figure 6 10 Flight Level Change Mode IAS 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 6 9 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Changing the Airspeed Reference The Airspeed Reference shown in both the AFCS Status Box and above the Airspeed Indicator may be adjusted by e Using the NOSE UP DN Wheel e Pressing the CWS Button hand tflying the aircraft to attain a new Airspeed Reference then releasing the CWS Button Vertical Navigation Modes VPTH ALTV NOTE VNV is disabled when parallel track or Dead Reckoning Mode is active Refer to the Navigation section for more information on VNV flight plans NOTE The Selected Altitude takes precedence over any other vertical constraints Vertical Navigation VNV flight control is available for enroute terminal cruise and descent operations when VNV flight planning is available Conditions for availability include but are not limited to e The selected navigation source is GPS e A VNV flight plan with at least one altitude constrained waypoint or vertical direct to is active e VNV is enabled VNV ENBL Softkey pressed on the MED e Crosstrack error is valid and within certain limit
151. elch can be disabled for a COM radio by pressing the COM Knob to place the tuning box on the desired COMS standby frequency then by pressing the VOL PUSH SQ Knob 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 4 NAV COM amp TRANSPONDER 4 4 QUICKLY ACTIVATING 121 500 MHZ Pressing and holding the COM Frequency Transfer Key for approximately two 2 seconds automatically tunes the selected COM radio to the emergency frequency 4 5 OPTIONAL NAV RADIOS The ADF DME Tuning Window is displayed by selecting the ADF DME Softkey ADF Radio optional q s ADF DME TUNING ADF 1900 MODE 4 ADF voL 507 DHE MODE NAVI RILCL 08 15 21 RST MSG Figure 4 7 ADF DME Tuning Window Tune the ADF 1 From the tuning window turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the ADF tuning field 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the first digit 3 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the next desired digit field Turn the small FMS Knob to again select the desired digit 4 When the desired frequency is entered press the ENT Key to transfer the frequency into the active field 5 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the MODE field Turn the small FMS Knob to select ADF or BFO 6 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the volume field if desired Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust the ADF volume to the desired level 7 Press the FMS Knob to exit all the fields Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 4 3 SECTI
152. elected Altitude Capture Mode becomes active As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude the flight director automatically transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode with Altitude Hold Mode armed Figure 6 8 This automatic transition is indicated by the green ALTS annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds and the appearance of the white ALT annunciation The Selected Altitude is shown as the Altitude Reference beside the ALTS annunciation At 50 feet from the Selected Altitude the flight director automatically transitions from Selected Altitude Capture to Altitude Hold Mode and holds the Selected Altitude shown as the Altitude Reference As Altitude Hold Mode becomes active the white ALT annunciation moves to the active vertical mode field and flashes green for 10 seconds to indicate the automatic transition Altitude Reference in this case equal to Selected Altitude a aa ALT Flash up to 10 sec Indicating Automatic Transition Figure 6 8 Automatic Mode Transitions During Altitude Capture Changing the Selected Altitude NOTE Pressing the CWS Button while in Selected Altitude Capture Mode does not cancel the mode 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Use of the ALT SEL Knob to change the Selected Altitude while Selected Altitude Capture Mode is active causes the flight director to revert to Pitch Hold Mode with Selected Altitude Capture Mode armed for the new Selected Alti
153. ellites navigation Insufficient satellites ae Ay eaa B es Loss of GPS navigation due to position error navigation Position error ne mel ar i oa Loss of GPS navigation due to GPS failure navigation GPS fail The system has detected an over temperature condition in COM1 and or COM2 The transmitter is operating at reduced power If the problem persists the G1000 system should be serviced The COM1 and or COM2 external push to talk switch is stuck in the enable or pressed position Press the PTT switch again to cycle its operation If the problem persists the G1000 system should be serviced The COM1 and or COM2 transfer switch is stuck in the enabled or pressed position Press the transfer switch again to cycle its operation If the problem persists the G1000 system should be serviced PB ORT A Leo Or Gh Do Abort approach due to loss of GPS navigation Abort approach EPMO DE epi Vertical guidance generated by WAAS is unavailable use LNAV only minimums downgraded TRUE APR True north approach Displayed after passing the first waypoint of a true north approach when the nav Change HDG reference to TRUE angle is set to AUTO 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 13 15 SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS GIA 63W Message Advisories Cont GPS1 SERVICE GPS1 needs service Return unit for repair A failure has been detected in the GPS1 and or GPS2 receiv
154. ency is placed in the NAV standby frequency field oS DTK TRE ETE NAST NEAREST VOR pny SR 3 Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing ACT 10a 22 Suet Cursor RBA EET 304 He RIS 115 Fe Dun waren 7 13 NEAREST USER WAYPOINT ANK 2 s D T NM Has J Brz Ee PWE ha E7 JHH HHE r56 65 Bar BUH 2 74 1 Hr EHP zi 7A Hr FRI D B1 21H NRST NEAREST USER WPTS HOHE 099 10 9nn t9 DAIA yY BIE 2 2 g0 Eur LAN h 5 92 Bur CHU 1 IHS O6HH OVR 7 110r D T i Sir ae ors ney LOW ALTITUDE w f N 2908 23 Top HOSS 3295 Wa HE En a 117 80 dfn of An NO L i o s a ee ATT Tr eg ahem 5 Py VOORTIRTT ai r N i 7 i YA a 5 a gt aN w 4 1 oo y ra eea O O OlM es i aes TA on 7 TT Tain A ke a ae cps 50 mri miii Aerin lt a 4 f fun 7 j Sher a pa re d f y Ds Lk race H N 391992 Figure 7 64 Nearest VOR Page EAS Se Sere Select the Nearest VOR Page u 1 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the NRST page Qroup __ SUNN NRI OOOOSOL 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the fourth Figure 7 65 Nearest User Waypoints Page rectangular page icon View Information on the Nearest VOR Select the Nearest User Waypoint Page 1 With the Nearest VOR Page displayed select the 1 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the NRST page VOR Softkey to place the cursor in the NEAREST group VOR box 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the fifth 2 T
155. entifier The Activate field is highlighted 4 fno altitude constraint or course is desired press the ENT Key to activate To enter an altitude contraint proceed to step 5 HAP HAVIGATION HAF HATH iP 5 Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor over the VNV altitude field 6 Enter the desired altitude 7 Press the ENT Key The option to select MSL or AGL is now displayed 8 Turn the small FMS Knob to select MSL or AGL RRAIN AIRWAYS STR SCP Figure 7 1 Navigation Map Page Enroute 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 7 1 SECTION 7 NAVIGATION 9 Press the ENT Key The cursor is placed in the VNV offset distance field 10 Enter the desired target altitude offset trom the selected Direct to 11 Press the ENT Key to highlight Activate or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the COURSE field 12 Enter the desired course to the waypoint 13 Press the ENT Key to highlight ACTIVATE 14 Press the ENT again to activate the Direct to Select a Direct to Destination to a Flight Plan Waypoint 1 While navigating an active flight plan press the Direct to 2 Key 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to the left to display a list of flight plan waypoints as shown in Figure 7 3 IDENT FACILITY CITY KELN H CEN USA so NORTH UP Figure 7 3 Flight Plan Waypoint List MFD 3 Turn the larg
156. er The receiver may GPS2 SERVICE GPS2 needs service still be available The G1000 system should be serviced Return unit for repair NAV1 SERVICE NAV1 needs service Return unit for repair A failure has been detected in the NAV1 and or NAV2 receiver The receiver may NAV2 SERVICE NAV2 needs service still be available The G1000 system should be serviced Return unit for repair NAV1 RMT XFR NAV1 remote transter key is stuck NAV2 RMT XFR NAV2 remote transter key is stuck G S1 FAIL G S1 is inoperative has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and or receiver 2 The G S2 FAIL G S2 is inoperative G1000 system should be serviced G S1 SERVICE G S1 needs service Return unit for repair A failure has been detected in glideslope receiver 1 and or receiver 2 The 3 receiver may still be available The G1000 system should be serviced when G S2 SERVICE G S2 needs service possible Return unit for repair GEA 71 Message Advisories GEA1 CONFIG GEA1 contig error The GEA1 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration Contig service req d memory The G1000 system should be serviced GEA2 CONFIG GEA2 contig error The GEA2 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration Contig service req d memory The G1000 system should be serviced The remote NAV1 and or NAV2 transter switch is stuck in the enabled or pressed state Press the transf
157. er code selection softkeys 0 7 10 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW 0 7 Use numbers to enter code BKSP Removes numbers entered one at a time SS IDENT Activates the Special Position Identification SPI pulse for 18 seconds identifying the transponder return on the ATC screen TMR REF Displays Timer References Window NRST Displays Nearest Airports Window MSG Displays Messages Window 1 5 MFD SOFTKEY MAP A A optional optional SHW CHRT O n Select the BACK Softkey on this level to return to the top softkey level optional optional optional mm n n A AEA S OS LST as es es Figure 1 9 MFD Softkeys SYSTEM Accesses the Synoptics page softkeys RA TEST Displays a value of 50 feet in the RAD ALT window indicating the system is funcitoning correctly ELEC Displays the Electrical Synoptics Page FUEL Displays the Fuel Synoptics Page GEN Displays the General Synoptics Page for the anti ice system and doors 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 1 11 SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW CAS CAS 4 TRAFFIC TOPO TERRAIN AIRWAYS STRMSCP NEXRAD XM LING BACK DCLTIR 3 SHW CHRT CHKLIST Accesses the CAS scrolling softkeys Scroll up Displayed only when a sufficient number of items are displayed in the Crew Alerting System Display to warrant scrolling Scroll down Displ
158. er pole the pointer turns red refer to Figure 2 5 Figure 2 5 Red Pointer Low speed awareness is represented by a red speed range Refer to the Pilots Operating Handbook POH for speed criteria 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS Airspeed Trend Vector The end of the trend vector displays approximately what the airspeed will be in 6 seconds if the current rate of acceleration deceleration is maintained Vspeed References Vspeeds are set using the TMR REF Softkey When active ON the Vspeeds are displayed at their respective locations to the right of the airspeed scale True Airspeed Box The True Airspeed box is located below the Airspeed indicator and displays the true airspeed in knots 2 2 ATTITUDE INDICATOR The Slip Skid Indicator is located under the roll pointer and moves laterally away from the pointer to indicate lateral acceleration One Slip Skid indicator displacement is equal to one ball displacement when compared to a traditional slip skid indicator Pointer Roll Scale G Horizon Line Aircraft Symbol Land Representation G Q C1 Roll 6 Aircraft Wing Tips O Pitch Scale Slip Skid Indicator E Sky Representation 10 Roll Scale Zero Figure 2 6 Attitude Indicator Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 2 gt SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS 2 4 2 3 ALTIMETER Altitude RELIRE Reference F Box Altitude
159. er switch again to cycle its operation If the problem persists the G1000 system should be serviced MANIFEST GEA1 software The 1 GEA 71 has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be mismatch communication halted serviced MANIFEST GEA2 software The 2 GEA 71 has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be mismatch communication halted serviced 13 16 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS GTX 33 amp GTX 33D Message Advisories Message Comments XPDR1 CONFIG XPDR1 config error The transponder configuration settings do not match those of backup Contig service req d configuration memory The G1000 system should be serviced XPDR2 CONFIG XPDR2 config error The transponder configuration settings do not match those of backup Contig service req d configuration memory The G1000 system should be serviced MANIFEST GTX1 software The transponder has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be mismatch communication halted serviced MANIFEST GTX2 software The transponder has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be mismatch communication halted serviced XPDR1 SRVC XPDR1 needs service Return unit for repair XPDR2 SRVC XPDR2 needs service Return unit for repair XPDR1 FAIL XPDR1 is inoperative There is no communication with the 1 transponder XP
160. et to display based on a specific date and time event once the message timer reaches zero one time default setting or recurrently whenever the message timer reaches zero periodic Message timers set to periodic alerting automatically reset to the original timer value once the message is displayed When power is cycled messages are retained until deleted and message timer countdown is restarted Entering a Scheduler Message 1 Select the AUX Utility Page 2 Press the FMS Knob momentarily to activate the flashing cursor 3 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the first empty scheduler message naming field 4 Use the FMS Knob to enter the message text to be displayed in the Alerts Window and press the ENT Key 5 6 1 8 SECTION 11 ADDITIONAL FEATURES Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the field next to Type Turn the small FMS Knob to select the message alert type e Event Message issued at the specified date time e One time Message issued when the message timer reaches zero default setting e Periodic Message issued each time the message timer reaches zero Press the ENT Key again or use the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the next field For periodic and one time message use the FMS Knob to enter the timer value HH MM SS from which to countdown and press the ENT Key PHASE 1 INSPECTION Periodic 1060 01 06 0699 57 55 Figur
161. eviation becomes invalid the Vertical capture Deviation Indicator is removed from the PFD e A display enters Reversionary Mode this does not Sa ALTS VPTH apply to an active vertical direct to Figure 6 14 Flight Level Change VNV Non Path Descent 6 12 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A To prevent immediate profile re capture the following must be satisfied e At least 10 seconds have passed since the non path transition was initiated e Vertical deviation from the profile has exceeded 250 feet but is now less than 200 feet Pressing the VNV Key twice re arms Vertical Path Tracking for immediate profile re capture VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode ALTV NOTE Armed VNV Target Altitude and Selected Altitude capture modes are mutually exclusive However Selected Altitude Capture Mode is armed implicitly not annunciated whenever VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode is armed VNV Target Altitude Capture is analogous to Selected Altitude Capture Mode and is armed automatically after the VNV Key is pressed and the next VNV Target Altitude is to be intercepted before the Selected Altitude The annunciation ALTV indicates that the VNV Target Altitude is to be captured VNV Target Altitudes are shown in the active flight plan or vertical direct to and can be entered manually or loaded from a database see the Navigation section for details At the same time as TOD within 1 mi
162. ey This places the cursor in the BEARING field and displays the Bearing Line Figure 10 37 If the Bearing Line is not displayed press the MENU Key and turn the large FMS Knob to select Show Bearing Line Press the ENT Key 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to place the Bearing Line on the desired storm cell or other area to be vertically scanned Scan Line Bearing Line HAP WEATHER RADAR STAB ON CALIBRATED Figure 10 37 Bearing Line on Horizontal Scan VERTICAL Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 3 Select the VERTICAL Softkey A vertical slice of the selected area is now displayed Figure 10 38 4 The small FMS Knob may be used to move the scanned slice a few degrees right or left 5 Turn the Joystick to adjust the range 6 Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor 7 To select a new area to be vertically scanned select the HORIZON Softkey to return to the Horizontal Scan view and repeat the previous steps The Joystick can also be used to adjust bearing from left to right HAP WEATHER RADAR ST R OH ekadi ji TILT DN 150 CALIBRATED 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE Adjusting Antenna Tilt Angle Tilt Line In order to make an accurate interpretation of a storm pg a m OBS EATER TADA STAB ON cell the radar beam should be pointed at the wet part of the weather cell to record the proper rainfall intensity color level The ideal
163. flight director mode becomes invalid or unavailable the flight director automatically reverts to the default mode for that axis A flashing yellow mode annunciation and annunciator light indicate loss of sensor AHRS ADC IAU or navigation data VOR LOC GPS VNV WAAS required to compute commands When such a loss occurs the system automatically begins to roll the wings level enters Roll Hold Mode or maintain the pitch angle enters Pitch Hold Mode depending on the affected axis The flashing annunciation stops when the affected mode key is pressed or another mode for the axis is selected If after 10 seconds no action is taken the flashing annunciation stops Figure 6 6 Loss of VOR Signal The flight director is automatically disabled if the attitude information required to compute the default flight director modes is invalid or unavailable Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Vertical Modes The GFC 700 AFCS offers the following vertical modes Corresponding controls and annunciations are given in Table 6 1 e Pitch Hold default mode Holds the current aircraft pitch attitude may be used to climb descend to the Selected Altitude Selected Altitude Capture Captures the Selected Altitude Altitude Hold Holds the current Altitude Reference Vertical Speed Maintains the current aircraft vertical speed may be used to climb descend to the Selected Altitude Flight Level Cha
164. formation Page and press MENU to display the User Waypoint Information Page Options or select the DELETE Softkey Turn the large FMS Knob to select Delete User Waypoint and press the ENT Key The message Would you like to delete the user waypoint is displayed With YES highlighted press the ENT Key Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 8 FLIGHT PLANNING Create User Waypoints from the Navigation Map Page 1 With the Navigation Map Page displayed push the Joystick to activate the panning function The target pointer is displayed at the present aircraft position 2 Move the Joystick to place the pointer at the desired position 3 Press the ENT Key The User Waypoint Information Page is now displayed with the captured position 4 Turn the FMS Knobs to select a waypoint name 5 Press the ENT Key to accept the selected name The first reference waypoint field is highlighted 6 If desired turn the FMS Knobs to enter the identifier of the reference waypoint and the radial and 1 distance to the reference waypoint Press the ENT Key to accept 8 3 7 Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor or select the GO BACK Softkey to return to the map 8 2 VIEWING THE ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN Press the FPL Key KIXD KSTI Approoch ILS 30R MOODS iof 127 Figure 8 2 Active Flight Plan Window on the PFD 4 8 9 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for th
165. g return Ice dry snow and dry hail have low levels of reflectivity Figure 10 28 and often will not be displayed by the radar Additionally a cloud that contains only small raindrops such as fog or drizzle will not reflect enough radar energy to produce a measurable target return Wet Most Hail Reflective rein fy we O 0 Ice 6 Crystals Wet Snow Dry Aik Hail Least Dry Reflective Snow Figure 10 28 Precipitation Type and Reflectivity 190 00708 00 Rev A Ground Returns The intensity of ground target returns depends upon the angle at which the radar beam strikes the ground target Angle of Incidence and the reflective properties of that target The gain can be adjusted so shorelines rivers lakes and cities are well defined Increasing gain too much causes the display to fill in between targets thus obscuring some landmarks Angle of Incidence The angle at which the radar beam strikes the target is called the Angle of Incidence Figure 10 29 illustrates the incident angle CA This directly affects the detectable range the area of illumination and the intensity of the displayed target returns A large incident angle gives the radar system a smaller detectable range and lower display intensity due to minimized reflection of the radar energy SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE A smaller incident angle gives the radar a larger detectable range of operation and the target display will show a higher intensity
166. gnal has been fully attenuated the radar displays a radar shadow This appears as an end to the precipitation when in fact the heavy rain may extend much further A cell containing heavy precipitation may block another cell located behind the first preventing it from being displayed on the radar Never fly into these shadowed areas and never assume that all of the heavy precipitation is being displayed unless another cell or a ground target can be seen beyond the heavy cell The WATCH feature of the GWX 68 Weather Radar system can help in identifying these shadowed areas Areas in question appear as shadowed or gray area on the radar display Proper use of the antenna tilt control can also help detect radar shadows Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Radar Signal Reflectivity Precipitation Precipitation or objects more dense than water such as earth or solid structures are detected by the weather radar The weather radar will not detect clouds thunderstorms or turbulence directly It detects precipitation associated with clouds thunderstorms and turbulence The best radar signal reflectors are raindrops wet snow or wet hail The larger the raindrop the better it reflects The size of the precipitation droplet is the most important factor in radar reflectivity Because large drops in a small concentrated area are characteristic of a severe thunderstorm the radar displays the storm as a stron
167. gure 8 20 Store Flight Plan Confirmation 8 14 EDIT A STORED FLIGHT PLAN 1 Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page 2 Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 3 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan and select the EDIT Softkey 4 Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the desired locations for entering changes 5 Turn the FMS Knobs to make the desired changes then press the ENT Key 6 Press the FMS Knob to return to the Flight Plan Catalog Page 8 15 DELETE A WAYPOINT FROM THE FLIGHT PLAN 1 With either the Active or Stored Flight Plan displayed press the FMS Knob to activate the Cursor 2 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the waypoint to be deleted 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 8 FLIGHT PLANNING 3 Press the CLR Key to display a REMOVE Wpt Name confirmation window Remove KCRQ OK or CANCEL Figure 8 21 Remove Waypoint Confirmation 4 With OK highlighted press the ENT Key to remove the waypoint To cancel the delete request turn the large FMS Knob to highlight CANCEL and press the ENT Key 5 Once all changes have been made press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor INVERT AND ACTIVATE A STORED FLIGHT PLAN 8 16 1 From the Flight Plan Catalog Page press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 2 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired flight plan 3 Select the INVERT Softkey
168. h the vertical and lateral modes when active In these modes the flight director commands a constant set pitch attitude and keeps the wings level The GA Switch is used to select both modes The mode entered by the flight director depends on whether the aircraft is on the ground Takeoff Mode provides an attitude reference during rotation and takeoff This mode can be selected only while on the ground by pushing the GA Switch The flight director Command Bars assume a wings level 7 5 pitch up attitude Pressing the GA Switch while in the air activates the flight director in a wings level 7 5 pitch up attitude allowing the execution of a missed approach or a go around Go Around Mode disengages the autopilot and arms Selected Altitude Capture Mode automatically Subsequent autopilot engagement is allowed Attempts to modify the aircraft attitude i e with the NOSE UP DN Wheel or CWS Button result in reversion to Pitch and Roll Hold modes Lateral Modes The GFC 700 in the Socata TBM 850 offers the following lateral modes Roll Hold default mode Holds the current aircraft roll attitude or rolls the wings level depending on the commanded bank angle Go Around Mode Active ma 111 90 114 18 SJc nav2 113 88 110 Autopilot Disconnect S Annunciation Flashes Yellow 5 sec Command Bars Indicate Climb 118 008 con E cone Figure 6 20 Go Around Mode Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata T
169. h trequency for the appropriate frequency for approach NAV receiver Select the correct frequency for the approach SLCT NAV Select NAV on CDI for The system notifies the pilot to set the CDI to the correct NAV receiver Set the approach CDI to the correct NAV receiver PTK FAIL Parallel track unavailable Bad parallel track geometry bad geometry PTK FAIL Parallel track unavailable a Invalid leg type for parallel offset invalid leg type ie iy sala Maes Maal anes Ne waypoint for parallel offset has been passed UNABLE V WPT Can t reach current The current vertical waypoint can not be reached within the maximum flight path vertical waypoint angle and vertical speed constraints The system automatically transitions to the next vertical waypoint VNV Unavailable Unsupported leg The lateral flight plan contains a procedure turn vector or other unsupported leg type in flight plan type prior to the active vertical waypoint This prevents vertical guidance to the active vertical waypoint VNV Unavailable Excessive track The current track angle error exceeds the limit causing the vertical deviation to angle error go invalid gE Ni a EXSSIG The current crosstrack exceeds the limit causing vertical deviation to go invalid crosstrack error A PAA UNE A parallel course has been selected causing the vertical deviation to go invalid NO WGS84 WPT Non WGS 84 The selected waypoint xxxx does not us
170. he PFD and corresponding softkeys are disabled when pitch ex ceeds 30 20 or bank exceeds 65 Traffic Annunciations Flight director Command Bars Inset Map Temperatures DME Information Window Wind Data Selected Heading Box Selected Course Box Transponder Status Box System Time PFD Setup Menu Windows displayed in the lower right corner of the PFD Timer References Nearest Airports Flight Plan Messages Procedures Barometric Minimum Descent Altitude Box Glideslope Glidepath and Vertical Deviation Indicators Altimeter Barometric Setting Selected Altitude VNV Target Altitude Red extreme pitch warning chevrons pointing toward the horizon are displayed starting at 50 degrees above and 30 degrees below the horizon line 12 2 Figure 12 2 Extreme Pitch Indication Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 12 4 STORMSCOPE OPERATION WITH LOSS OF HEADING INPUT It heading is lost strikes and or cells must be cleared manually after the execution of each turn This is to ensure that the strike and or cell positions are depicted accurately in relation to the nose of the aircratt 12 5 HAZARD DISPLAYS WITH LOSS OF GPS POSITION If GPS position is lost or becomes invalid selected hazards being displayed on the Navigation Map Page are removed until GPS position is again established The icons in the lower right of the screen indicating the selected functions for display now show
171. he aircraft to establish a new Vertical Speed Reference c Press the AP Key to engage the autopilot in a climb using Vertical Soeed Mode J KMKC e _ go xO noe ys wor SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL a ROL EAP YD ALTS 3 Use the HDG Knob to set the Selected Heading complying with ATC vectors to intercept Airway V4 Press the HDG Key to activate Heading Select Mode while the autopilot is engaged in the climb The autopilot follows the Selected Heading Bug on the HSI and turns the aircraft to the desired heading a HDG EAP YD TEE 4 As the aircraft nears the Selected Altitude the flight director transitions to Selected Altitude Capture Mode indicated by the green ALTS annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds a ALT At 50 feet from the Selected Altitude the green ALT annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft Selected Altitude of 12 000 MSL g ALT Mode Figure 6 34 Departure 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 6 27 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL 6 28 Intercepting a VOR Radial During climb out the autopilot continues to fly the aircraft in Heading Select Mode Airway V4 to Salina VOR SLN should now be intercepted Since the enroute flight plan waypoints correspond to VORs flight director Na
172. he cycle expiration date to the disables date FliteCharts is dis abled 180 days after the expiration date and are no longer available for viewing While on the Navigation Map Page Flight Plan Page or Nearest Airports Page selecting the SHW CHRT Softkey displays the available terminal chart The available softkeys are shown in Figure 11 5 Selecting the GO BACK Softkey reverts to the top level softkeys and previous page SECTION 11 ADDITIONAL FEATURES When no terminal procedure chart is available the banner CHART NOT AVAILABLE appears on the screen The CHART NOT AVAILABLE banner does not refer to the Jeppesen subscription but rather the availability of a particular airport chart selection or procedure for a selected airport If there is a problem in rendering the data such as a data error or a failure of an individual chart the banner UNABLE TO DISPLAY CHART is then displayed Chart Selection 1 While viewing the Navigation Map Page Flight Plan Page or Nearest Airports Page select the SHW CHRT Softkey The airport diagram or approach chart is displayed on the Airport Information Page 2 Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 3 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Airport Identifier Box if another diagram is desired It desired chart is already displayed go to step 6 0 CT A TS A ee ee Selecting the GO BACK Softkey returns to the top level softkeys and previous page KF 3K KRU ao ee
173. her radar Avoid these areas by an extra wide margin Inareas where the displayed target intensity is red or magenta indicating large amounts of precipitation the turbulence is considered severe e Areas that show steep color gradients intense color changes over thin bands or short distances suggest irregular rainfall rate and strong turbulence e Areas that show red or magenta are associated with hail or turbulence as well as heavy precipitation Vertical scanning and antenna tilt management may be necessary to identify areas of maximum intensity 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE Along squall lines multiple cells or clusters of cells in a line Figure 10 33 individual cells may be in different stages of development Areas between closely spaced intense targets may contain developing clouds not having enough moisture to produce a return However these areas could have strong updrafts or downdrafts Targets showing wide areas of green are generally precipitation without severe turbulence Irregularities in the target return may also indicate turbulence appearing as hooks fingers or scalloped edges Figure 10 33 These irregularities may be present in green areas with no yellow red or magenta areas and should be treated as highly dangerous areas Avoid these areas as if they were red or magenta areas Squall Line Scalloped Edge Steep Gradient Hook or Finger Figure 10
174. hey are to be used in computing vertical guidance a Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 7 14 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 b Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the altitude field associated with the IAF at HABUK as in Figure 7 34 ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN KMKC KCOS OTK DIS FSHER a a PYNON 352 11 9 Approoch KCOS RNAY 36Rops LPY HABUK iaf B21 5 9NH FALUR 251 5 ANH CEGIX fof 351 B N RW3SR map IT 5 1H B358FT 348 AANA 6370F1 MOGAL mohp 10000r1 HOLD 163 GONH CURRENT VNV PROFILE ACTIVE VNV WPT J0OOOFT ot OPSHN 3NH vs TGT T96FPH FPA 3 0 VS REO _ __ FPH TIME TO TOO 30 50 Y DEV F Figure 7 34 Designate HABUK Altitude Constraint c Press the ENT Key Note the altitude is now displayed as light blue text Figure 7 35 indicating that the value is now be used to compute vertical guidance The G1000 uses baro corrected altitude when giving vertical guidance to these waypoints 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 7 NAVIGATION d Turn the large FMS Knob to select the altitude Altitude constraint values associated with the Final constraint associated with FALUR as seen in Figure Approach Fix FAF and waypoints beyond the FAF 7 35 cannot be designated for vertical guidance These ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN altitude values are always displayed as white text KKC KCOS as in Figure 7 36 Vertical guidance from the FAF to om DS ALT the Missed Approach Point
175. i Engine start ITT over 1000 C 870 C 5 s or 840 C 20 s Engine running ITT over 840 C Oil pressure below 60 psi Oxygen cylinder closed Parking brake applied Torque greater than or equal to 124 5 maximum torque M SZS EERENE xik o xT ERREEN ERREEN ttt ERREEN oT titty ett EEREN DERREN 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 13 1 SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS Caution Messages When a new yellow caution message appears on the CAS display it flashes inversely black on yellow The Master Caution Indicator is also illuminated Pressing the Master Caution Indicator acknowledges all flashing yellow messages extinguishing the master caution lights and stops caution message flashing Messages are displayed until the issue is corrected Messages Comments Fuel timer off or out of service Electric fuel pump running manual or automatic mode Battery current over 50 A while on ground Battery off Flow control and shut off valve shut off valve closed Forward baggage door open Fuel tanks imbalanced by more than 15 USGAL for gt 30 seconds Oil chip detector on it installed l Fuel quantity less than or equal to 9 1 USGAL in specified tank l Oil pressure between 60 and 100 psi Oil temperature below 0 C or above 104 Specified pitot heat left or right on while engine off Specified pitot heat left or right off Prop deice selected and not
176. ical Deviation af MUL 1200 Indicator VDI 6900 _E 6800 Required Vertical 197 6700 Speed Indication son ue ie ji i ean RSVD TAS 220KT Na E Pi 7 29 92IN 5 Be Ji 7 GPS is Selected Navi ry rs TERN Terminal Phase of gation Source s o oseo o Flight aTe S fs aia S r rie 7 E A k X as a MPOR1 0000 ALT RIEL O71035 Figure 6 13 Vertical Path Tracking Mode Automatic Reversion to Pitch Hold Mode Unless VNV is disabled Vertical Path Tracking Mode and the appropriate altitude capture mode become armed following the reversion to Pitch Hold Mode to allow for possible profile recapture Several situations can occur while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is active which cause the flight director to revert to Pitch Hold Mode e Vertical deviation exceeds 200 feet during an Non Path Descents overspeed condition Pitch Hold Vertical Speed and Flight Level Change e Vertical deviation experiences a discontinuity that modes can also be used to fly non path descents while both exceeds 200 feet in magnitude and resultsinthe VNV flight control is selected If the VS or FLC Key is vertical deviation exceeding 200 feet in magnitude pressed while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is selected Such discontinuities are usually caused by flight plan Vertical Path Tracking Mode reverts to armed along with changes that affect the vertical profile the appropriate altitude capture mode to allow profile re e Vertical d
177. ide Ahead lt 2 nm is displayed e If the aircraft is within two nautical miles of an airspace and the current course will not take the aircraft inside Within 2 nm is displayed e If the aircraft has entered an airspace Inside is displayed View Additional Details for a Listed Airspace 1 With the Nearest Airspace Page displayed press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 2 Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the list highlighting the desired airspace 3 Select the ALERTS Softkey to place the cursor in the AIRSPACE ALERTS field 4 Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired airspace 5 Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor View and Quickly Load the Frequency for a Controlling Agency 1 With the Nearest Airspace Page displayed select the FREQ Softkey to place the cursor in FREQUENCIES field 2 Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired frequency 3 Press the ENT Key to load the frequency into the COM frequency standby field 4 Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 7 31 SECTION 7 NAVIGATION Blank Page 7 32 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 8 FLIGHT PLANNING The following discussions pertain to the Multi Function Display unless otherwise indicated 8 1 USER DEFINED WAYPOINTS WPT USER WPT INFORMATION
178. igure 11 12 Options Menu 3 Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the COLOR SCHEME Options Figure 11 13 CHART SETUP FULL SCREEN 4 On COLOR SCHEME DETR 15 007 Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to base page Figure 11 13 Chart Setup Selection 4 Turn the small FMS Knob to choose between Day Auto and Night Options 5 fAuto Mode is selected turn the large FMS Knob to select the percentage field Use the small FMS Knob to change the percentage value The percentage value is the day night crossover point based on the percentage of backlighting intensity For example if the value is set to 15 the day night display changes when the display backlight reaches 15 of full brightness The display must be changed in order for the new setting to become active This may be accomplished by selecting another page or changing the display range 190 00708 00 Rev A 11 3 XM RADIO OPTIONAL XM Satellite Radio services are subscription based For more information on specific service packages visit www xmradio com Activating XM Satellite Radio Services The service is activated by providing XM Satellite Ra dio with either one or two coded IDs depending on the equipment Either the Audio Radio ID or the Data Radio ID or both must be provided to XM Satellite Radio to activate the entertainment subscription XM Satellite Weather and XM Satellite Radio may be activated independently of one another XM Satellite
179. ing The display is updated every 7 5 minutes CLD TOP select the CLD TOP Softkey to show the cloud top altitude determined from satellite imagery The display is updated every 15 minutes LING selecting the LING Softkey shows the location of cloud to ground lightning strikes The display is updated every five minutes NOTE Strikes depicted represent cloud to ground strikes within a 2 kilometer radius of the actual strike location Therefore the exact location of the strike is not displayed 190 00708 00 Rev A CELL MOV selecting the CELL MOV Softkey shows storm cell movement by displaying an arrow pointing in the direction of predicted movement The display is updated every 12 minutes SIG AIR selecting the SIG AIR Softkey shows SIGMET and AIRMET information The display is updated every 12 minutes METAR select the METAR Softkey to graphically display METARs METARS are shown as colored flags at airports providing METAR reports The display is updated every 12 minutes MORE WX select the MORE WX Softkey to display the following group of softkeys for additional weather control SFC selecting the SFC Softkey for Surface Analysis shows current or forecast conditions Forecasts are available for intervals of Current 12 24 36 and 48 hours Select the softkey corresponding to the desired forecast The closest city forecast information is displayed in the legend The display is updated every 12 minutes FRZ
180. ing data from the in the mode box located in the upper left corner of Navigation Map Page the Stormscope Page 1 ha u an Re ui Mawar ouan rade NOTE Cell mode uses a clustering program to ere identify clusters of electrical activity that indicate 2 Turn either FMS Knob to highlight the Clear cells Stormscope Lightning field and press the ENT Te a ee Key Change the viewing mode between 360 and 120 Stormscope Page 1 Select the Stormscope Page 2 Select the VIEW Softkey The 360 and ARC Softkeys 1 Turn the large FMS Knob until the Map Page group are displayed Select the 360 Softkey to display is selected a 360 viewing area or select the ARC Softkey to 2 Turn the small FMS Knob until the Stormscope Page display a 120 viewing area is selected 10 2 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A Select the CLEAR Softkey to remove all Stormscope lightning data trom the display 10 3 XM WEATHER OPTIONAL WARNING Use of XM weather for hazardous weather penetration is not recommended Weather information provided by XM Radio Service is approved only for weather avoidance not penetration 1 From the Navigation Map Page select the MAP Softkey 2 Select the NEXRAD or XM LTNG Softkey to display the desired weather Press the applicable softkey again to remove weather data from the Navigation Map Page FTF HAP NAVIGATION HAP PLIES UT A a 5 Loe ru NORTH UP 45 _
181. ircraft altitude descends to within 2500 or RAD ALT radar altimeter as the altitude feet of the MDA setting the BARO MIN or RA MIN source Box depending on the selected source appears with the altitude in light blue text The bug appears on 3 ae the large FMS Knob to select the altitude ield the tape in light blue once in range e When the aircraft passes through 100 feet of the 4 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired MDA the bug and text turn white altitude minimums and press the ENT Key e Once the aircraft descends past the MDA the bug and text turn yellow and the aural alert Minimums 2 8 RADAR ALTITUDE Minimums is generated When RAD ALT is selected as the altitude source in the Alerting is inhibited while the aircraft is on the ground Timer References window radar altitude is automatically If the aircraft climbs after having reached the MDA once it displayed when the aircraft is within the display range of reaches 50 feet above the MDA alerting is disabled 40 to 2 500 feet Radar altitude is displayed as shown in Figure 2 18 The indication changes to yellow when the Within 100 ft ini g ai aircraft is below the selected minimum altitude Barometric Minimum Bug Radar Altitude Indication Barometric Minimum Box pee 29 921N BARO MIN 29 92IN 2000FT 200GFT Altitude Reached eee YU 1980 Figure 2 18 Radar Altitude Testing the Radar Altimeter 1 Select the SYSTEM
182. irect to 12 Press the ENT Key to highlight Activate or turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the COURSE field 13 Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired course to the waypoint 14 Press the ENT Key to highlight ACTIVATE 15 Press the ENT again to activate the Direct to Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Select a Direct to Destination to a Flight Plan Waypoint 1 While navigating an active flight plan press the Direct to 2 Key 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to the left to display a list of flight plan waypoints as shown in Figure 7 8 ai __DIRECT TO KMIA MIAMI FL OFFSET 5 KELN DIS 16074N OYATI DIGBE at ACTIVATE Figure 7 8 Flight Plan Waypoint List PFD 3 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired waypoint 4 Press the ENT Key The cursor is now displayed on ACTIVATE 5 Press ENT again to activate a Direct to Select a Direct to Destination to a Nearest Airport 1 Press the Direct to J Key 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to the left Initially a flight plan waypoint list is displayed as in Figure 7 8 The list is only populated when navigating a flight plan DIRETTO HIAHI FL ACTIVATE Figure 7 9 Nearest Airport List PFD 3 Turn the small FMS Knob to the right to display the NRST airports to the aircraft s current position as shown in Figure 7 9 190 00708 00 Rev A 4 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired
183. ired Se eae pie transition In this case the Initial Approach Fix Saray vasa g Press the ENT Key APPROACH RNAV 3SRePs LPV es itl BA NDE 35L LAL UF wai wel NM RHJSR mop 3517 ee Pa B36SFT 348 BAM HOGAL mohp HOLD so 60S NH LOAD oR ACTIVATE Figure 7 31 List of Available Approaches 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 7 13 SECTION 7 NAVIGATION h With LOAD highlighted again press the ENT Key The selected approach is added to the flight plan as seen in Figure 7 33 mm 259 ete 2048 FPL ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN a ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAH lt r KHKC KCOS Ho BATA DTK DIS ALT TBE a ee KOS Seon HN Arrival KCOS TBEOBRY 1 ALL TBE Seah Sa OPSHN Jhr fod 65 Shrt OPSHH 200 JOrn FSHER aoe JEH FYNON CEF 1194H f ppronh KCOS RNAY 3SRors LPW HABLE iuf D21 J9HH SROs FALUR 261 SOn DEM FT GUHHEMI VNU PROFILE a ACTIVE Va HPT TOOOOFT at OPSHN 3hr WE THI 1D61FeH FPA 30 VE REO 18 00 VIEW WAV PROF CHEL WAY VIU E SHH CHAT Figure 7 33 Loaded Approach 13 Note the altitude constraints associated with each of the approach waypoints as seen in Figure 7 33 These altitudes are loaded from the database and are initially displayed as white text indicating these values are not being used to compute vertical deviation guidance The altitude values must be designated for use by the pilot if t
184. ismatch communication halted GCU 475 Message Advisories GCU CNFG GCU Contig error GCU 475 contiguration settings do not match those of backup contiguration Contig service req d memory The G1000 system should be serviced GCU FAIL GCU is inoperative A failure has been detected in the GCU 475 The GCU 475 is unavailable ANIFEST GCU software mismatch The GCU 475 has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be communication halted serviced GCU KEYSTK GCU key name Key A key is stuck on the GCU 475 bezel Attempt to free the stuck key by pressing it is stuck several times The G1000 system should be serviced if the problem persists GMC 710 Message Advisories Message Comments GMC CONFIG GMC Contig error Contig service req d GMC FAIL GMC is inoperative A failure has been detected in the GMC 710 The GMC 710 is unavailable Error in the contiguration of the GMC 710 MANIFEST GMC software The GMC 710 has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be mismatch Communication halted serviced GMC KEYSTK GMC key name Key A key is stuck on the GMC 710 bezel Attempt to tree the stuck key by pressing is stuck it several times The G1000 system should be serviced if the problem persists 13 20 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS Miscellaneous Message Advisories
185. isplay a list of available arrivals Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired arrival and press the ENT Key Figure 9 3 Select Arrival Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 J SECTION 9 PROCEDURES 9 2 1 8 9 A second window is displayed listing available 9 2 APPROACHES transitions for the arrival Turn either FMS Knob to highlight the desired transition waypoint and press a the ENT Key NOTE If certain GPS parameters WAAS RAIM etc are not available some published approach procedures for the desired airport may not be displayed in the list of available approaches Not all approaches in the database are approved for GPS use When selecting an approach a GPS designation to the right of the procedure name indicates the procedure can be flown using the GPS receiver Some procedures do not have this designation meaning the GPS receiver can A third window is displayed listing the available be used for supplemental navigation guidance only If the runways Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired GPS receiver cannot be used for primary guidance the ap runway and press the ENT Key propriate navigation receiver must be used for the selected approach e g VOR or ILS The final course segment of ILS approaches for example must be flown by tuning the Nav receiver to the proper frequency and selecting that Nav receiver on the CDI The G1000 WAAS GPS allows for flying LNA
186. isplayed as a color not representative of the true intensity See Figures 10 40 and 10 41 Remember to return the gain setting to Calibrated for viewing the actual intensity of precipitation Select the GAIN Softkey to activate the cursor in the GAIN field Turn the small FMS Knob to adjust the gain for the desirable level The gain setting is visible in the GAIN field as a movable horizontal bar in a flashing box The line pointer is a reference depicting the calibrated position Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor Select the GAIN Softkey again to recalibrate the gain CALIBRATED is displayed in the GAIN field HAP WEATHER RADAR _ STAG ON CSA I i TAHI HAP z L Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Figure 10 40 Manual Gain Set Below Calibrated HAP WEATHER RADAR STAB ON I LIGHI HORIZON Wiser Figure 10 41 Calibrated Gain Sector Scan 1 While in horizontal scan mode select the BRG Softkey to display the Bearing Line and place the cursor in the BEARING field Figure 10 42 If the Bearing Line is not displayed press the MENU Key and turn the large FMS Knob to select Show Bearing Line Press the ENT Key 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE o 278K on 1181 AP HEATHER RADAR 5 If desired readjust the Bearing Line as discussed Aina Fee nd previously to change the center of the Sector ioe Scan 6 Select the BRG Softkey ag
187. key and verity that the starting waypoint field indicates P POS present position If necessary press the MENU Key and select Set WPT to Present Position to display P POS Press the ENT Key and the flashing cursor moves to the ending waypoint field Turn the FMS Knobs to enter the identitier of the ending waypoint and press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint Or For point to point planning turn the FMS Knobs to enter the identifier of the starting waypoint Once the waypoints identifier is entered press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint The flashing cursor moves to the ending waypoint Again turn the FMS Knobs to enter the identitier of the ending waypoint and press the ENT Key to accept the waypoint Or 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 8 FLIGHT PLANNING For flight plan leg planning select the FPL Softkey at the bottom of the display and turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired flight plan already stored in memory by number Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the LEG field and turn the small FMS Knob to select the desired leg of the flight plan or select CUM to apply trip planning calculations to the entire flight plan Selecting FPL 00 displays the active flight plan If an active flight plan is selected REM is an available option to display planning data for the remainder of the flight plan NOTE The Page Mode must be set to MANUAL to perform the following steps
188. keys Then the preset channel can be selected directly and added to the channel list for the Presets category 1 2 190 00708 00 Rev A On the XM Radio Page while listening to an Active Channel that is wanted for a preset select the PRESETS Softkey to access the first five preset channels PS1 PS5 Select the MORE Softkey to access the next five channels PS6 PS10 and again to access the last five channels PS11 PS15 Selecting the MORE Softkey repeatedly cycles through the preset channels INFO CHNL CATGRY VOL ser Pst PS2 PS3 PSA j Select SET to Save Each Preset Channel 3 4 SECTION 11 ADDITIONAL FEATURES Select any one of the PS1 PS15 softkeys to assign a number to the active channel Select the SET Softkey on the desired channel number to save the channel as a preset Selecting the BACK Softkey returns the system to the top level softkeys Adjusting Volume Radio volume is shown as a percentage Volume level is controlled by selecting the VOL Softkey which brings up the MUTE Softkey and the volume increase and de crease softkeys 1 2 3 With the XM Radio Page displayed select the VOL Softkey Select the VOL Softkey to reduce volume or select the VOL Softkey to increase volume Once the VOL Softkey is selected the volume can also be adjusted using the small FMS Knob Select the MUTE Softkey to mute the audio Select the MUTE Softkey
189. l impact point displayed on the TAWS Page as a yellow or red X The alert is given when the projected vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in the following table Descending m mo 0 om During the final approach phase of flight RTC ROC ITIIOI alerts are automatically inhibited when the aircraft is below 200 feet AGL while within 0 5 nm of the approach runway or is below 125 feet AGL while within 1 nm of the runway Premature Descent Alert PDA A Premature Descent Alert is issued when the system detects that the aircraft is significantly below the normal approach path to a runway The PDA alert mode functions only during descent to land PDA alerting begins when the aircraft is within 15 nm of the destination airport and ends when the aircraft is either 0 5 nm from the runway threshold OR is at an alti tude of 125 feet AGL while within 1 nm of the threshold During the final descent algorithms will set a threshold for alerting based on speed distance and other param eters 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE Negative Climb Rate After Takeoff Alert NCR The purpose of the Negative Climb Rate After Takeoff alert is to provide suitable alerts to the pilot when the system determines that the aircraft is losing altitude closing upon terrain after takeoff The aural message Don t Sink is given for NCR alerts accompanied by an ay 128 annunciation and
190. lan has been This occurs when a newly installed aviation database eliminates an obsolete truncated approach or arrival used by a stored flight plan The obsolete procedure is removed from the flight plan Update flight plan with current arrival or approach LOCKED FPL Cannot navigate This occurs when the pilot attempts to activate a stored flight plan that contains locked flight plan locked waypoint Remove locked waypoint trom flight plan Update flight plan with current waypoint w Aet Arriving at waypoint xxxx where xxxx is the waypoint name STEEP TURN Steep turn ahead A steep turn is 15 seconds ahead Prepare to turn INSIDE ARSPC Inside airspace The aircraft is inside the airspace ARSPC AHEAD Airspace ahead less Special use airspace is ahead of aircraft The aircraft will penetrate the airspace than 10 minutes within 10 minutes nh BEA Hi pE EENE Special use airspace is near and ahead of the aircraft position 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 13 21 SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS Miscellaneous Message Advisories Cont Message BROE RENE a Special use airspace is within 2 nm of the aircraft position than 2 nm APR INACTV Approach is not active The system notifies the pilot that the loaded approach is not active Activate approach when required SLCT FREQ Select appropriate The system notities the pilot to load the approac
191. large FMS Knob to select the NRST page group 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the sixth rectangular page icon Select and Load the Nearest ARTCC FSS or Weather Frequency 1 With the Nearest Frequencies Page displayed select the ARTCC FSS or WX Softkey to place the cursor in the appropriate field Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 2 Turn the FMS Knobs to select the desired facility or frequency 3 Press the ENT Key to load the frequency into the COM frequency standby field 4 Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor 7 15 NEAREST AIRSPACES TK Uar O ORR Boy ETE AIRSPACE ALERTS 1 HANHATTAN REGL INSIDE 2 R 36028 WITHIN nm ALE ACE AGE BIC CL D HAMHATTAN THR VERTICAL LIMITS 3600 1 mal 4 REFEE HCIEH ee EHH ASOS ke 118 075 GROUND 121 850 TOWER 116558 UNICOR 122 850 CENTER 127350 FSS 122650 ILS Q3 111 300 el HAF eT AUX ee Figure 7 67 Nearest Airspaces Page Select the Nearest Airspaces Page 1 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the NRST page group 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the seventh rectangular page icon Airspace Alerts Box Ifthe projected course takes the aircraft inside an airspace within the next ten minutes Ahead is displayed e If the aircraft is within two nautical miles of an 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 7 NAVIGATION airspace and the current course takes the aircraft ins
192. lect the MAP Softkey 2 Select the TRAFFIC Softkey Traffic is now displayed on the map DCLTR SHW CHRT Non Bearing Traffic Off Scale Traffic Advisories Dm Figure 10 13 TAS Traffic on Navigation Map 10 8 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE 10 5 TERRAIN AND OBSTACLE PROXIMITY A NOTE Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft latitude is greater than 75 degrees north or 60 degrees south Displaying Terrain and Obstacles on the Terrain Proximity Page 1 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Map Page Group 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the last rectangular page icon 3 If desired select the VIEW Softkey to access the ARC and 360 Softkeys When the ARC Softkey is selected a radar like 120 view is displayed Select the 360 Softkey to return to the 360 default SEM ji a pe rare a eT a Figure 10 14 Terrain Proximity Page TERRATH I py 1000F a display 4 Rotate the Joystick clockwise to display a larger area or rotate counter clockwise to display a smaller area Terrain Obstacle above or within 100 below current aircraft altitude Terrain Obstacle between 100 and 1000 below current aircraft altitude Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Height is less than Height is less than Height is greater than Height is greater than 1000
193. lect the desired airport 5 Press the ENT Key The cursor is now displayed on ACTIVATE 6 Press ENT again to activate a Direct to Re center the CDI to the Destination Waypoint Press the Direct to Key followed by pressing the ENT Key twice If a missed approach point MAP is the current destination the approach is canceled Manually Define the Active Direct to 1 Press the Direct to f Key 2 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the VNV altitude field 3 Enter the desired altitude 4 Press the ENT Key The option to select MSL or AGL is now displayed 5 Turn the small FMS Knob to select MSL or AGL 6 Press the ENT Key The cursor now highlights the VNV offset field 7 Enter the desired the offset distance 8 Press the ENT Key 9 Turn the large FMS Knob to place the cursor in the COURSE field VNV Target Altitude Bearing to WPT HNUM Course to Selected WPT H SECTION 7 NAVIGATION 10 Enter the desired course 11 Press the ENT Key The cursor now highlights ACTIVATE 12 Press the ENT Key again to begin navigation using the selected destination altitude constraint and course Canceling Direct to Navigation 1 Press the Direct to G33 Key 2 Press the MENU Key to display the Direct to options menu 3 With Cancel Direct To NAV highlighted press the ENT Key If a flight plan is still active the G1000 resumes navig
194. led The G1000 system should be mismatch communication halted serviced GMU 44 Message Advisories HDG FAULT AHRS1 magnetometer A fault has occurred in the 1 GMU 44 Heading is flagged as invalid The AHRS fault has occurred uses GPS for backup mode operation The G1000 system should be serviced HDG FAULT AHRS2 magnetometer A fault has occurred in the 2 GMU 44 Heading is flagged as invalid The AHRS fault has occurred uses GPS for backup mode operation The G1000 system should be serviced MANIFEST GMU1 software mismatch communication halted The GMU 44 has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be MANIFEST GMU2 software serviced mismatch communication halted 13 18 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS GDL 69A Message Advisories Message GDL69 CONFIG GDL 69 contig GDL 69 configuration settings do not match those of backup configuration error Contig service req d memory The G1000 system should be serviced GDL69 FAIL GDL 69 has failed A failure has been detected in the GDL 69 The receiver is unavailable The G1000 system should be serviced MANIFEST GDL software mismatch The GDL 69 has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be communication halted serviced GWX 68 Alert Messages Message GWX CONFIG GWX contig error GWX 68 contiguration settings do n
195. les B Wheeler Downtown Airport KMKC enroute to Colorado Springs Airport KCOS After departure the aircraft climbs to 12 000 ft and airway V4 is intercepted after following heading vectors of 240 and 290 assigned by ATC Airway V4 is flown to Salina VOR SLN using VOR navigation then airway V244 is flown using a GPS flight plan The ILS approach for runway 35L and LPV WAAS approach for runway 35R are shown and a missed approach is executed KCOS Departure Climbing to the Selected Altitude and flying an assigned heading 1 Depart KMKC a Use the ALT SEL Knob to set the Selected Altitude to 12 000 feet before takeoff b Push the GA Switch to activate Takeoff Mode The flight director Command Bars establish a 7 5 climb to follow Salina QO VOR 2 lt X SLN P KMKC Figure 6 33 Flight Plan Overview Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A 2 In this example Vertical Speed Mode is used to capture the Selected Altitude Pitch Hold Vertical Speed or Flight Level Change Mode may be used a Adjust the aircraft s vertical speed to the desired 500 fpm b Press the VS Key to activate Vertical Speed and Roll Hold modes and arm Selected Altitude Capture Mode The Vertical Speed Reference may be adjusted after Vertical Speed Mode is selected using the NOSE UP DN Wheel or pushing the CWS Button while hand tflying t
196. lideslope Mode 1 Ensure a valid localizer frequency is tuned 2 Ensure that LOC is the selected navigation source use the CDI Softkey to cycle through Navigation sources if necessary 3 Press the APR Key Or Approach Mode Active Active ILS EEEE Frequency EEE Tuned Command Bars Indicate Descent on Localizer Glides lope Path NAV2 localizer is Selected Navigation Source 1 2 3 4 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Ensure that GPS is the selected navigation source use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if necessary Ensure a LOC ILS approach is loaded into the active flight plan Ensure the corresponding LOC trequency is tuned Press the APR Key LOC HDG AP YD ALT 10000Fr GS Figure 6 19 Glideslope Mode Armed Once LOC is the navigation source the localizer and glideslope can be captured Upon reaching the glideslope the flight director transitions to Glideslope Mode and begins to capture and track the glideslope Glideslope Mode Active 975 118 000 com 118 88 CONZ Glideslope Indicator 1900 1800 1700 z RILCL 07 29 05 Figure 6 18 Glideslope Mode 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 6 15 6 16 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Takeoff TO and Go Around GA Modes Go Around and Takeoff modes are coupled pitch and roll modes and are annunciated as bot
197. light director maneuvers Flight director pitch commands are rate and attitude limited combined with pitch damper control and sent to the pitch servo motor The pitch servo measures the output effort torque and provides this signal to the pitch trim servo The pitch trim servo commands the motor to reduce the average pitch servo effort When the autopilot is not engaged the pitch trim servo may be used to provide manual electric pitch trim MEPT This allows the aircraft to be trimmed using a control wheel switch rather than the trim wheel Manual trim commands NOTE Refer to the AFM for specific instructions regarding emergency procedures Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 are generated only when both halves of the MEPT Switch are operated simultaneously Trim speeds are scheduled with airspeed to provide more consistent response Roll Axis The autopilot roll axis uses roll rate to stabilize aircraft roll attitude during upsets and flight director maneuvers The flight director roll commands are rate and attitude limited combined with roll damper control and sent to the roll servo motor Yaw Axis and Trim The yaw damper uses yaw rate and roll attitude to dampen the aircrafts natural Dutch roll response It also uses lateral acceleration to coordinate turns Yaw damper operation is independent of autopilot engagement When the yaw damper is not engaged the yaw trim adapter may be used to provide
198. light the Approach field Turn the small FMS Knob to display a list of available approaches Figure 9 6 Selecting an Approach Procedure Turn either FMS Knob to highlight the desired approach Press the ENT Key 1 8 SECTION 9 PROCEDURES The cursor moves to the TRANSITIONS field Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired transition waypoint and press the ENT Key The Vectors option assumes vectors will be received to the final course segment of the approach and will provide navigation guidance relative to the final approach course Figure 9 7 Selecting an Approach Transition Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Activate and press the ENT Key to activate the approach Activating the approach initiates a direct to for IAF and the G1000 immediately begins navigating to the IAF Selecting Load adds the procedure to the flight plan without immediately using it for navigation guidance Activate An Approach in the Active Flight Plan 1 2 3 With the Navigation Map Page displayed press the PROC Key Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight ACTIVATE APPROACH Press the ENT Key The approach procedure is now active and a direct to is initiated to the IAF Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 J3 SECTION 9 PROCEDURES Blank Page 9 4 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE 1
199. lot flies the holding pattern after the missed approach is activated Annunciations are displayed in the Navigation Status Box above the AFCS Status Box DIS BRG PON AVN Sd9 G E amp E yr Figure 6 42 Go Around Missed Approach GPS 35R KCOS Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 6 35 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL NAV1 gt 6 7 AFCS ANNUNCIATIONS AND ALERTS _ 108 00 117 35 e F tatus AFCS Status Alerts Annunciation f TEN The annunciations in Table 6 4 listed in order of increasing priority can appear on the PFDs above the Airspeed and Attitude indicators Only one annuncia tion may occur at a time and messages are prioritized by criticality Aileron Mistrim Right Aileron Mistrim Left Elevator Mistrim Down Pitch servo providing sustained force in the indicated direction Elevator Mistrim Up Pitch Trim Failure PTRM lf AP engaged take control of the aircraft and disengage AP or stuck MEPT Switch If AP disengaged move MEPT switches separately to unstick Yaw Trim Failure ine If AP engaged take control of the aircraft and disengage AP or stuck MEYT Switch If AP disengaged move the MEYT switch to unstick Yaw Damper Failure Yaw Damper Failure ITEC YD control failure AP still operative Roll Failure 240 Roll axis control failure AP inoperative Pitch Failure PTCH Pitch axis control failure AP inoperative System Failure li Obese AP
200. low current aircraft altitude Terrain Obstacle between 100 and CAUTION 1000 below current aircraft altitude Terrain Obstacle is more than 1000 NO DANGER Black below aircraft altitude Projected Flight Path A Potential Impact Point 100 Threshold ins Unlighted Obstacle Enable Disable Aviation Data 1 While the TAWS Page is displayed press the MENU TAWS Inhibit Key Flying VFR into an area where unique terrain exists j l could cause the system to annunciate a nuisance alert 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select Show or Hide When TAWS is inhibited only FLTA and PDA alerts are Aviation Data Aisanied 3 Press the ENT Key Inhibit TAWS PAGE MENU While the TAWS Page is displayed select the OPTIONS INHIBIT Softkey TAWS INHB is annunciated in Bi lus the lower right of portion of the screen IEW APC Enable TAWS If TAWS has been inhibited trom the TAWS Page Press the FMS CRSR knob to select the INHIBIT Softkey The TAWS INHB return to base page annunciation is removed Figure 10 18 TAWS Page Menu 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 10 11 SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE 10 12 NOTE If TAWS alerts are inhibited when the Final Approach Fix is the active waypoint in a GPS WAAS approach a LOW ALT annunciation may appear on the PFD next to the altimeter if the current aircraft altitude is at least 164 feet below the prescribed altitude at
201. lt set as previously described any displayed target return should be scrutinized when flying at altitudes between 2 000 and 30 000 feet AGL If the displayed target advances on the screen to 5 nautical of the aircraft avoid it This may be either weather or ground returns that are 2 000 feet or less below the aircraft Raising the antenna tilt 4 degrees can help separate ground returns from weather returns in relatively flat terrain This places the bottom of the radar beam parallel with the ground Return the antenna tilt to the previous setting after a few sweeps This setup provides a good starting point for practical use of the GWX 68 Vertical Change of Radar Beam feet Figure 10 31 Vertical Change in Radar Beam per Nautical Mile Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A Weather Mapping and Interpretation Weather Display Interpretation When evaluating various target returns on the weather radar display the colors denote precipitation intensity and rates as shown in Figure 10 32 Approximate Precipitation Rate in hr lt 23 482 Weather Mode Color Intensity Figure 10 32 Precipitation Intensity Levels Thunderstorms Updratts and downdratts in thunderstorms carry water through the cloud The more severe the dratts the greater the number and size of the precipitation droplets With this in mind the following interpretations can be made from what is displayed on the weat
202. m the following steps Figure 7 36 Vertical Guidance is Active to the FAF 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 7 15 SECTION 7 NAVIGATION a Select the VNV PROF Softkey to place the cursor in the target vertical speed field VS TGT as shown in Figure 7 37 b At this point the descent vertical speed can be selected or the FPA can be selected Turn the large FMS Knob to select the desired selection field then turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired value Note the information now displayed in the CURRENT VNV PROFILE box Also note the offset waypoint and gray circle are now displayed on the map The gray circle marks the Top of Descent TOD In this example vertical guidance is provided at the TOD that results in a 3 0 degree FPA descent to an altitude of 10 000 feet upon reaching the offset waypoint IRK EIE FPL ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN NORIH UP f ma ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN IFR KHKC KCOS NO DATA DTK TBE KCOS at Arrival KCOS TBEDBRY1 ALL TBE es pueda t E SEDET PRING OPSHN 3nr 259 36 8mm 10000Ff1 OPSHN 259 30nn 10000Ff1 FSHER 352 98mm 10000r1 PYNON 352 119mm 10000r1 Approuch KCOS RNAV 3SRers LPY HABLK iaf 021 5 Snn MANET FALUR 261 SONH REAA CURRENT YNY PROFILE active NY PT 10000rr at OPSHN 3mh vS TOT 1061 Feria US RED FPN Tik 10 ToD 09 08 Z200nn VIEW VNV PROF CNCL VNV VNU SHW CHRT Figure 7 37 Adjusting the Descent c
203. manual electric yaw trim MEYT This allows the aircraft to be trimmed using a control wheel switch Trim speeds are scheduled with air speed to provide more consistent response Engagement NOTE Autopilot engagement disengagement is not equivalent to servo engagement disengagement Use the CWS Button to disengage the pitch and roll servos while the autopilot remains active When the AP Key is pressed the autopilot yaw damper and flight director if not already active are activated and the annunciator lights on the AFCS controller for the autopilot and yaw damper are illuminated The flight director engages in Pitch and Roll Hold Modes when initially activated Autopilot Engaged Yaw Damper Engaged ee ALTS Figure 6 28 Autopilot and Yaw Damper Engaged 190 00708 00 Rev A When the YD Key is pressed the system engages the yaw damper independently of the autopilot and the yaw damper annunciator light is illuminated Autopilot and yaw damper status are displayed in the center of the AFCS Status Box Engagement is indicated by green AP and YD annunciations respectively Control Wheel Steering During autopilot operation the aircraft may be hand flown without disengaging the autopilot Pressing and holding the CWS Button disengages the pitch and roll servos from the flight control surfaces and allows the aircraft to be hand flown At the same time the flight director is synchronized to the aircraft attitude d
204. med Active Mode dea Active Flight Director Reference Indicator Arrow AFCS Status Box NAV2 117 95 Selected Altitude Vertical Speed Reference Command Bars GPS is Selected Navigation Source C eT SENSOR PO ES Or LAFE APOR TOET TTAF st Figure 6 1 PFD AFCS Display 6 2 SWITCHING FLIGHT DIRECTORS Pilot side Flight Director Selected Only one flight director is active selected at a time ROL ALTS Flight directors may be switched by pressing the XFR Key on the AFCS Control Unit Both PFDs display the Copilot side Flight Director Selected selected flight director indicated by an arrow pointing toward either the pilot or copilot side in the center of RON the AFCS Status Box The annunciator light arrow for the selected flight director is also illuminated beside the XFR Key When the flight directors are switched the vertical and lateral modes revert to default Figure 6 2 Flight Director Selection Indications 6 2 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A 6 3 COMMAND BARS Upon activation of the flight director Command Bars are displayed in magenta on the PFDs as single cues or cross pointers The Aircraft Symbol in yellow changes to accommodate the Command Bar format the Command Bars do not override the Aircraft Symbol The single cue Command Bars Figure 6 3 move together vertically to indicate pitch commands and bank left or right to indicate roll commands Command Bars
205. n Map PAGE MENU Map Setup Option Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 11 1 SECTION 11 ADDITIONAL FEATURES 3 Turn the FMS Knob to select the Aviation Group and press the ENT Key MAP SETUP TIME OUT LAND DATA Figure 11 3 Selecting the Aviation Group 4 Turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the Aviation Group options to SAFETAXI 5 Turn the small FMS Knob to display the range of distances 6 Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired distance for maximum SafeTaxi display range 7 Press the ENT Key to complete the selection 8 Press the FMS Knob to return to the Navigation Map Page MAP SETUP GROUP ACTIVE FPL ACTIVE FPL WPT LARGE APT MEDIUM APT Sa e Taxi SMALL APT Don Ena RHY EXTENSION INT WAYPOINT NDB WAYPOINT i Safe Taxi VOR WAYPOINT Display Range CLASS B TMA T Options CLASS C TCA CLASS D RESTRICTED MOA MILITARY Figure 11 4 SafeTaxi Display Range Options 112 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A 11 2 TERMINAL PROCEDURE CHARTS OPTIONAL The ChartView database is revised every 14 days Charts are still viewable during a period that extends from the cycle expiration date to the disables date ChartView is disabled 70 days alter the expiration date and is no longer available for viewing FliteCharts data is revised every 28 days Charts are still viewable during a period that extends from t
206. n light blue aR iirc mem a aT ea 611 Blue Text the system is using that altitude designated to iNeyaveumnta determine vertical speed and deviation guidance DRAAK e When the altitude is displayed in white itis not being Ra ep eo a SmallLight CR ame Blue Text 176 3 21M 2200 EEN used by the system non designated to determine EEMS 7 176 39NH Blue ou ued the vertical speed and deviation guidance RW17L map 176 E3NH ext e Analtitude displayed as small text is an altitude that Jee 174 ASNH a Hel is published in the navigation database POL KE BE Altitude e Altitudes displayed as a light blue subdued text Restriction Figure 1 11 VNV Altitudes Bar cannot be used in the current vertical navigation calculations 1 14 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A Some altitudes retrieved from the database have associated restrictions indicating to stay At At or Above or At or Below a specific altitude These restrictions are indicated using a bar above and or below the appropriate altitude as shown in Figure 1 9 SST Cross AT or ABOVE 5 000 ft Fae GSTS Cross AT 2 300 fi CAG G Gleam Cross AT or BELOW 3 000 fi Figure 1 12 Altitude Restrictions See Section 7 Navigation for a sample flight plan which further illustrates vertical navigation in more detail 1 8 BACKLIGHTING Manually adjust the backlight for the PFD and MFD 1 Press the M
207. n settings do not match backup configuration memory The PFD2 CONFIG PFD2 config error G1000 system should be serviced Contig service req d MFD1 CONFIG MFD1 contig error The MFD configuration settings do not match backup configuration memory The Contig service req d G1000 system should be serviced SW MISMATCH GDU software The MFD and PFDs have different software versions installed The G1000 system version mismatch Xtalk is off should be serviced 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 13 9 SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS MFD amp PFD Message Advisories Cont PFD1 COOLING PFD1 has poor cooling Reducing power usage PFD2 COOLING PFD2 has poor The PFD and or MFD is overheating and is reducing power consumption by cooling Reducing power usage dimming the display If problem persists the G1000 system should be serviced MFD1 COOLING MFD1 has poor cooling Reducing power usage PFD1 KEYSTK PFD1 key name Key is stuck PFD2 KEYSTK PFD2 key name Key A key is stuck on the PFD and or MFD bezel Attempt to free the stuck key by a pressing it several times The G1000 system should be serviced if the problem l ersists MFD1 KEYSTK MFD key name Key i is stuck CNFG MODULE PFD1 configuration The PFD1 configuration module backup memory has failed The G1000 system module is inoperative should be serviced PFD1 V
208. nderstorms that can cause isolated discharge points in the strike display mode However clusters of two or more discharge points in the strike display mode do indicate thunderstorm activity if these points reappear after the screen has been cleared NOTE All visual depictions contained within this document including screen images of the G1000 panel and displays are subject to change and may not reflect the most current G1000 system and aviation databases Depictions of equipment may differ slightly from the actual equipment NOTE This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Interference from GPS repeaters operating inside nearby hangars can cause an intermittent loss of attitude and heading displays while the aircraft is on the ground Moving the aircraft more than 100 yards away from the source of the interference should alleviate the condition NOTE Use of polarized eyewear may cause the flight displays to appear dim or blank NOTE This product its packaging and its components contain chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer birth defects or reproductive harm This notice is being provided in accordance with California s Proposition 65 If you have any questions or would like
209. ng Power down the G1000 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW 1 10 PILOT PROFILES CABIN PRESS a i ALT FT RATE FPM AUX SYSTEM SETUP DEFAULT PROFILE CREATE amp DIFF PSI a ee ee at SEL FT he 01 APR 05 ALTITUDE BUFFER 200FT OXY PSI 00 59 53LcL CLASS B TMA OFF L FUEL QTY R TIME FORMAT LOCAL 24hr CLASS C TCA OFF 122 2 TIME OFFSET 00 00 CLASS D OFF i F RESTRICTED OFF i NAV ANGLE MAGNETICC Gg 108 CULITARY OFF SELECTED F MAG VAR 3 E OTHER ADI2 OFF SYSTEM CDI op GPH r DIS SPD NAUTIC ALINM KT ERRE PSI 6 0 ALT VS FEET FT FPM CHANNEL SPACING 25 0 kHz ELECTRICAL TEMP CELSIUS c ARRIVAL ALERT FUEL GALLONS cL 6L HR OFF O 0nm eee RNWY SURFACE HARD SOFT WEIGHT POUNDS LB AUDIO ALERT s MIN LENGTH GFT POSITION HDDD MM MM VOICE FEMALE SYNCHRONIZATION BARO TRANSITION ALERT FLIGHT DIRECTOR CDI 0 ON ALTITUDE 18000FT FORMAT ACTIVE SNGL CUE BARO AUX o0o00e00 Figure 1 17 Pilot Profiles on AUX System Setup Page Creating a Profile 8 Press the ENT Key 1 Select the AUX System Setup Page 9 With CREATE highlighted press the ENT Key to 2 Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor create the profile 3 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight CREATE in Selecting a Profile the Pilot Protile Box 4 Press the ENT Key A Create Profile window is 1 Select the AUX System Setup Page displayed 2 Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 5 Use the FMS
210. ng to a specified points in the direction of the set course VNAV course width then 0 3 nm dependi iabl Fi Approach LPV epending on a es see Figure Missed Approach 2 10 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS s O k Z iS fa z q 5 z z 2 O N a Me a Refer to accompanying roa G approach CDI scaling figures f 1 8 d 4 Enroute i o Departure Terminal Oceanic if gt 200 nm Terminal Approach nace from nearest airport wz pproac O Drawing not to scale Figure 2 24 Phases of Flight CDI Scaling O 5 CDI scale is set to the smaller of 0 3 nm 8 or an angle set by the system a E E o S ne g i 2 7 Synchronizing the CDIs ao n l j J E l 1 Select the AUX System Setup Page using the FMS ae Knob 2 Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor Time Format is highlighted CDI scale varies if Vectors To Final is activated E E 3 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the CDI Sync a ON OFF field Figure 2 25 Typical LNAV and LNAV V Approach CDI Scaling 4 Turn the small FMS Knob clockwise to ON or counterclockwise to OFF 3 5 Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor angle based 3 S ra R on database 9 O information ej He d p 8 i i NFAF Landing Threshold O CDI scale varies if Vectors To Final is activated Drawing not to scale O Figure 2 26 Typical LNAV
211. nge Maintains the current aircraft airspeed while the aircraft is climbing descending to the Selected Altitude Vertical Path Tracking Follows an active vertical profile for enroute and terminal phases of flight VNAV Target Altitude Capture Captures the VNAV Target Altitude e Glidepath Intercepts and tracks the WAAS glidepath on approach only available in installations with GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Units and when WAAS is available e Glideslope Intercepts and tracks the ILS glideslope on approach Takeoff in air Automatically disengages the autopilot and commands a constant pitch angle and wings level on the ground in preparation for takeoff e Go Around Automatically disengages the autopilot and commands a constant pitch angle and wings level while in the air 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Holds the current aircraft pitch attitude Pitch Hold may be used to climb descend to the default PIT Selected Altitude AEEA Captures the Selected Altitude ALTS Capture Altitude Hold Holds the current Altitude Reference ALT Key Maintains the current aircraft vertical Vertical Speed speed may be used to climb descend VS Key VS nnnn FPM to the Selected Altitude Flight Level Change Maintains the current aircraft airspeed HE anne IAS Hold in IAS or Mach while the aircraft is wo FLC Key Flight Level Change climbing descending to the Selected
212. nk Fuel Tank Fuel Tank Fuel Tank Selected Selection Selected Selection Table 3 2 Fuel Selector Status If the auxiliary fuel boost pump is on the symbol is displayed in green The mode automatic AUTO or manual MAN is displayed next to the pump symbol If the boost pump is off the symbol is shown in light blue automatic mode or red manual mode Fuel used and remaining are based on the fuel flow The aircrafts gross weight GW is entered on the AUX Weight Planning Page see the Flight Planning Section A red X over a component indicates invalid data or a failed unit SECTION 3 ENGINE amp AIRFRAME SYSTEMS 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 3 5 SECTION 3 ENGINE amp AIRFRAME SYSTEMS 3 3 GENERAL SYSTEMS e Light blue indicates heat has been selected windshield e Green indicates heat is on e Yellow indicates heat has failed propeller pitot tube and stall sensor Invalid sensor information is indicated with a red X Pressing the SYSTEM Softkey displays the softkeys for the synoptics system Press the GEN Softkey to display the General System Page The General Synoptics Page aircraft diagram displays open doors in red CAS messages also generated Statuses of propeller stall sensor heater pitot probe and windshield heat are also indicated on the diagram e White indicates that heat is off propeller and windshield Po
213. nly for turbojet aircraft the altitudes are displayed as white text indicating that the altitudes are displayed for reference only An arrival waypoint altitude may be used or designated as is or changed to a different altitude An altitude is designated by pressing the FMS Knob and turning the large FMS Knob to place the cursor on the desired altitude and pressing the ENT Key or entering a different value and pressing the ENT Key The altitude is now displayed as blue text indicating that the altitude is now designated to give vertical speed and deviation guidance Approach waypoint altitude constraints are designated in the same way as previously described for arrivals These altitudes are also displayed as blue text after being designated for use Waypoint altitude constraints may be designated up to but not including the FAF The FAF is always a reference only altitude and cannot be designated unless the selected approach does not provide vertical guidance In this case the FAF altitude can be designated Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW WhiteText Light Blue Tet Light Blue Subdued Text Large Text Altitude calculated by the system Altitude has been entered by the estimating the altitude of the pilot Altitude is designated for aircraft as it passes over the use in giving vertical speed and navigation point This altitude deviation guidance Altitude does
214. nute is annunciated in the Navigation Status Box the active VNV Target Altitude is displayed above the Vertical Speed Indicator see Figure 6 13 and the Vertical Track aural annunciation is issued As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude the flight director automatically transitions to VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode with Altitude Hold Mode armed This automatic transition is indicated by the green ALTV annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds and the appearance of the white ALT annunciation The VNV Target Altitude is shown as the Altitude Reference beside the ALTV annunciation and remains displayed above the 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Vertical Speed Indicator The Required Vertical Speed Indication RSVI is removed once VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode becomes active At 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude the flight director automatically transitions from VNV Target Altitude Capture to Altitude Hold Mode and tracks the level leg As Altitude Hold Mode becomes active the white ALT annunciation moves to the active vertical mode field and flashes green for 10 seconds to indicate the automatic transition The flight director automatically arms Vertical Path Tracking allowing upcoming descent legs to be captured and subsequently tracked Altitude Reference In This Case Equal To VNV Altitude Target ie CES E ALT VPTH Flash up to 10 sec Indicating Autom
215. nway 4 To remove the flashing cursor press the FMS Knob Access Frequency Information 1 With the Airport Information Page displayed press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 2 Turn the large FMS Knob to move the cursor to the Frequencies box 3 Turn either FMS Knob to scroll through the list placing the cursor on the desired frequency If a listed frequency has sector or altitude restrictions the frequency is preceded by an info i designation Press the ENT Key to view the information The following may be displayed with the frequency TX transmit only e RX receive only e PT part time frequency 4 Press the ENT Key to place the selected frequency in the standby field of the COM or NAV box 5 To remove the cursor press the FMS Knob 190 00708 00 Rev A 7 5 INTERSECTION INFORMATION Select the Intersection Information Page 1 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the WPT page group 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the second rectangular page icon WPT INTERSECTION INFORMATION us DIK z IRK Gil EIE HORTH UP UNTERSECT TOM TIFTO _ONPORHAT Db N CEN USA N 39 36 29 WOSS S352 Ear NEAREST oR o rot T Rea o RAD fae Hino DIS Z6 3HH LIFTO a a njai y EEE Figure 7 57 Intersection Information Page Access Information on an Intersection 1 With the Intersection Information Page displayed press the FMS Knob to ac
216. o determine vertical speed and deviation guidance IRK EIE NORIH UP f ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN IFR KMKC KCOS NO DATA Airway V263 TBE TBE KCOS zoas m NN Arrival KCOS TBEDBRY ILALL TBE OPSHN Inn OPSHN FSHER CURRENT UNY PROFILE ACTIVE UNY HPI 10000rr at O VS Tol 1061ren FPA VIEW VNV PROF Figure 7 29 Direct to Active 12 The aircraft is proceeding to OPSHN The expected approach is the RNAV LPV approach to runway 35R so it is selected a Press the PROC Key to display the Procedures Window 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 7 NAVIGATION b SELECT APPROACH should be highlighted as d Turn either FMS Knob to select the LPV approach shown in Figure 7 30 for 35R as shown in Figure 7 31 PROCEDURES e Press the ENT Key A list of available transitions for the selected approach is displayed as shown on Figure 7 32 KEOS H PUBLIC CITY 0 SELECT ARRIVAL SELECT DEPARTURE LOADED APPROACH AFPROACH CHANNEL r ay CHANNEL 37733 Ip HJA ARRIVAL KCOS TBE DBRY 1 ALL DEPARTURE KMKC ALL WLOCT2 SLN APPROACH RNAV 35RGps LPV TRANSITION HABUK lof Presa the PROC key to view the previous page Figure 7 30 Procedures Window RHSSR mop 5m BS68FT JE DANA c Press the ENT Key A list of available approaches l hani for the destination airport is displayed as in Figure ainai 7 31 Figure 7 32 List of Available Transitions f Turn either FMS Knob to select the des
217. on Page Select the VOR Information Page 1 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the WPT page group 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the fourth rectangular page icon Access Information on a VOR 1 With the VOR Information Page displayed press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 2 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired selection field identifier name or closest city 3 Enter an identifier name or city and press the ENT Key 4 The FREQUENCY field is now highlighted If desired press the ENT Key to place the frequency in the NAV receiver standby field 5 Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 7 8 USER WAYPOINT INFORMATION PAGE See the Flight Planning section for a discussion on creating and modifying user defined waypoints 7 9 NEAREST AIRPORTS ETE NRST NEAREST AIRPORTS OST NEAREST AIRPORTS K5S p 356 10 6nn KFLV 094 1231n 0C1 p 070 19 3nn KMCI 101 22 4NM KLHC 181 23 0nn IFR NO DATA r INFORMATION EARHART ATCHISON KS 1073Ff1 1 RUNHAY S 16 34 HARD SURFACE 3000 1 x 4BF FREOUCNCICS CLEARANCE UNICOM DEPARTURE HLA DEPARTURE APPROACH APPROACH APPROACHES KSS RNAV 16ces LNAV Y K59 VOR DME 16 NRST E SHW CHRT Figure 7 60 Nearest Airports Page Nearest Airport Information on the MFD Select the Nearest Airports Page 1 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the N
218. on pages Pressing the ENT Key then loads the selected frequency in the tuning box as a standby frequency 4 7 TRANSPONDER Selecting Transponder 1 or Transponder 2 1 Select the XPDR Softkey to display the Transponder Mode Selection Softkeys 2 Select the XPDR1 or XPDR2 Softkey to select and activate the alternate transponder Mode Selection The STBY ON ALT GND VFR CODE and IDENT Softkeys can be accessed by selecting the XPDR Softkey Ground Mode Automatic or Manual GND is displayed when the aircraft is on the ground or when the GND Softkey is selected The transponder does not allow Mode A and Mode C replies but it does permit acquisition squitter and replies to discretely address Mode S interrogations 190 00708 00 Rev A Figure 4 11 Ground Mode Standby Mode Manual Select the STBY Softkey In Standby Mode the tran sponder does not reply to interrogations but new codes can be entered STBY Mode White Code Number and Mod a cs MSG A Figure 4 12 Standby Mode Manual ON Mode Select the ON Softkey ON Mode generates Mode A and Mode S replies but Mode C altitude reporting is in hibited ON Mode No Altitude Reporting Figure 4 13 ON Mode Altitude Mode Automatic or Manual Altitude Mode is automatically selected when the air craft becomes airborne Altitude Mode may also be se lected manually by selecting the ALT Softkey All transponder replies requesting altitude informa
219. on the Approach Information Page ChartView shown The aircraft symbol is shown on the chart only if the chart is to scale and the aircraft position is within the boundaries of the chart The aircraft symbol is not dis played when the Aircraft Not Shown Icon appears Fig ure 11 7 Ifthe Chart Scale Box displays a banner CHART NOT TO SCALE the aircraft symbol is not shown Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 cs DTK AIRPORT KHCI DEPARTURE Chart Not To Scale _ WET DEPAHTURE INFORMATION NOT TO SCALE KANSAS CITY MO EC R JEPPESEN noctos 40 3 F fe Taint ovat FLIO Tri gi 10H00 lal a MCI MCI ANSAS CITY INIL Q fe ss sT HEr S74 WM O54 CAITE oF lii wi I A Taat 5 miia fal Ae Na dar cansas CITY i fa 113 25 MCI Ao i WM ae Aircraft Not o Shown Icon Figure 11 7 Chart Not to Scale ChartView shown Chart Options FliteCharts Selecting the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the next level of softkeys Selecting the ALL Softkey shows the entire chart on the screen Selecting the FIT WIDTH Softkey fits the width of the chart in the display viewing area Selecting the FULL SCN Softkey removes the data window displays the chart in a larger viewing area 190 00708 00 Rev A ChartView Selecting the CHRT OPT Softkey displays the next level of softkeys Selecting the ALL Softkey shows the entire chart on the screen Selecting the HEADER
220. or Altitude Alerting Within 1000 ft Within 200 ft KE 4000 Figure 2 8 Altitude Alerting Visual Annunciations Deviation of 200 ft E 4000 Visual annunciations appear in the Altitude Reference Box Whenever the setting is changed the Altitude Alerter is reset The Altitude Alerter is independent of the Automatic Flight Control System Barometric Transition Altitude Alert 1 Use the FMS Knob to select the AUX System Setup Page on the MFD 190 00708 00 Rev A 2 Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 3 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Altitude in the Baro Transition Alert box 4 Turn the small FMS Knob to turn the alert OFF or ON and press the ENT Key 5 Turn the small FMS Knob to change the altitude and press the ENT Key 6 To cancel the selection press the FMS Knob Metric Display Display altitude in meters and barometric pressure in hectopascals 1 2 3 4 5 190 00708 00 Rev A Select the PFD Softkey to display the second level softkeys Select the ALT UNIT Softkey Select the METRIC Softkey to display altitude in meters Select the HPA Softkey to display the barometric setting in hectopascals Select the IN Softkey to display the barometric setting in inches of mercury Select the BACK Softkey to return to the previous level softkeys SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS 1013HP Figure 2 9 Altimeter Metric Low Altitude Annunciation A NOTE
221. or use in applications requiring a certified terrain awareness system Terrain data is obtained from third party sources Garmin is not able to independently verify the accuracy of the terrain data WARNING The displayed minimum safe altitudes MSAs are only advisory in nature and should not be relied upon as the sole source of obstacle and terrain avoidance information Always refer to current aeronautical charts for appropriate minimum clearance altitudes WARNING The altitude calculated by G1000 GPS receivers is geometric height above Mean Sea Level and could vary significantly from the altitude displayed by pressure altimeters such as the GDC 74A Air Data Computer or other altimeters in aircraft GPS altitude should never be used for vertical navigation Always use pressure altitude displayed by the G1000 PFD or other pressure altimeters in aircraft WARNING Do not use outdated database information Databases used in the G1000 system must be updated regularly in order to ensure that the information remains current Pilots using any outdated database do so entirely at their own risk WARNING Do not use basemap land and water data information for primary navigation Basemap data is intended only to supplement other approved navigation data sources and should be considered as an aid to enhance situational awareness WARNING Traffic information shown on the G1000 Multi Function Display is provided as an aid in visually acquiring
222. ot match those of the GDU contiguration Contig service req d The G1000 system should be serviced GWX FAIL GWX is inoperative The GDU is not recieving status packet trom the GWX 68 or the GWX 68 is reporting a fault The GWX 68 radar system should be serviced a airs J kii SENN A failure has been detected in the GWX 68 The GWX 68 may still be usable Return unit for repair WX ALERT Possible severe weather The GWX 68 indicates severe weather within 10 of the aircraft heading at a ahead range of 80 to 320 nm MANIFEST GWX software The GWX 68 has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be mismatch communication halted serviced GDC 74B Message Advisories ADC1 ALT EC ADC1 altitude error correction is unavailable ADC2 ALT EC ADC2 altitude error correction is unavailable ADC1 AS EC ADC1 airspeed error correction is unavailable ADC2 AS EC ADC2 airspeed error correction is unavailable GDC1 or GDC2 is reporting that the altitude error correction is unavailable GDC1 or GDC2 is reporting that the airspeed error correction is unavailable 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 13 19 SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS GDC 74B Message Advisories Cont MANIFEST GDC1 software mismatch communication halted The GDC 74B has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be MANIFEST GDC2 software serviced m
223. ourse on each PFD is controlled using the CRS1 and CRS2 knobs Pressing the CWS Button and hand flying the aircraft does not change the Selected Course while in Navigation Mode The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Course or GPS flight plan when the CWS Button is released Approach Mode GPS VAPP LOC NOTE The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course for the flight director to enter Approach Mode Approach Mode is activated when the APR Key is pressed Approach Mode acquires and tracks the selected navigation source GPS VOR or LOC depending on loaded approach This mode uses the selected navigation receiver deviation and desired course inputs to fly the approach Pressing the APR Key when the CDI is greater than one dot arms the selected approach mode annunciated in white to the left of the active lateral mode VOR Approach Mode VAPP provides greater sensitivity for signal tracking than VOR Navigation Mode 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Selecting VOR Approach Mode 1 Ensure a valid VOR frequency is tuned 2 Ensure that VOR is the selected navigation source use the CDI Softkey to cycle through navigation sources if necessary 3 Press the APR Key When GPS Approach Mode is armed Glidepath Mode is also armed If GPS Approach Mode is selected while in GPS Navigation Mode capture can occur with crosstrack error of up
224. path Mode Once the following conditions have been met the lidepath b tured 1 Ensure a GPS approach is loaded into the active PAF CAN pe capui flight plan The active waypoint must be part of e The active waypoint is at or after the final approach the flight plan cannot be a direct to a waypoint fix FAF not in the flight plan e Vertical deviation is valid e The CDI is at less than full scale deviation e Automatic sequencing of waypoints has not been suspended no SUSP annunciation on the HST GPS Approach Mode Active Glidepath Mode Active 975 118 000 cont 136 975 118 000 coz E 100A rap oe Glidepath Indicator Command Bars i Indicate Descent on ev 1900 Glidepath j 1868 E 1700 amir 4 j 3 ican TAS 130KT ca wae 29 921N LPV GPS is Selected Naviga en tion Source ctive RILL 7 29 05 INSET SENSOR FD OBS COI ADF DME XFDR IDENT TMR REF NRST MSG Figure 6 16 Glidepath Mode 6 14 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A Glideslope Mode GS NOTE Pressing the CWS Button while Glideslope Mode is active does not cancel the mode The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the glideslope upon release of the CWS Button Glideslope Mode is available for LOC ILS approaches to capture and track the glideslope When Glideslope Mode is armed annunciated as GS in white LOC Approach Mode is armed as the lateral flight director mode Selecting G
225. path to maintain the descent to AT or ABOVE 6 370 feet at the Missed Approach Point MAP RW35R as seen in Figure 7 49 Ele fe FPL ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN ees ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN TER KNKC KCOS NO DATA en DIK FSHER ea PYNON coe Approoch KCOS RNAV 35Rers HABUK iaf FALUR i SECUR IT Y HIDEFLELO CEGIX fof L RW35R map 6368r1 O 4nr 6370r MOGAL mahp 1000NFT E DOnn CURRENT YNY PROFILE ACTIVE UNY HPI Vo TGI US RED V DEV ve i TERRAIN 10er g 1000rr M Figure 7 49 Descending to the Missed Approach Point Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A In this missed approach procedure the fix immediately following the MAP in this case 6368rT is not part of the published procedure It is simply a fix that defines a leg which guides the aircraft along the runway centerline until the required altitude to make the first turn on the missed approach is exceeded In this case if the aircraft altitude is below the specitied altitude 6 368 feet after crossing the MAP a direct to is established to this fix until an altitude of 6 368 feet reached After reaching 6 368 feet a direct to is established to the published fix in this case MOGAL If the aircraft altitude is above the specified altitude after crossing the MAP a direct to is established to the published fix MOGAL to begin the missed approach procedure The altitude constraint value defaults to 400 feet AGL when th
226. ponent indicates invalid data or a failed unit Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 ae SECTION 3 ENGINE amp AIRFRAME SYSTEMS 3 2 FUEL SYSTEM Pressing the SYSTEM Softkey displays the softkeys for the synoptics system Press the FUEL Softkey to display the Fuel System Page The Fuel Synoptics Page displays the status of the fuel tanks and feed system Fuel quantity is depicted graphically the color changes to yellow if the fuel quantity drops below the threshold level CABIN PRESS TRK ETE SYSTEM FUEL ALT FT RATE FPM x1000 t 2 198 pa 5 aa 2 966 5 6 6 DIFF PSI lll L FUEL QTY R 122 USG 122 125 5 100 s f 123 USG 75 E E A TAC x g f a GPH a ENS TE EH A j FUEL FLOH 118 USG h FUEL USED GH 5781 LBS FUEL REM OIL PSI STALL HEAT ON PROP DEICE ON Za V2 ji F SATIN 200nn svsren Map atest ELE Ee ea Left Fuel Tank 4 Auxiliary Boost Pump Right Fuel Line Left Fuel Line G Fuel Selector Fuel Flow Data G Fuel Pressure 6 Right Fuel Tank Figure 3 5 Fuel Synoptics Page 3 4 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A Status of the fuel selector is indicated between the fuel tank symbols The mode automatic AUTO manual MAN or off no indication CAS message FUEL OFF generated is shown beneath the fuel selector symbol Left Fuel Switching Right Unknown Ta
227. r services have not been activated the boxes next to each listed weather product are unfilled A yellow Activation Required message is also displayed in the center of the Weather Data Link Page Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 11 7 SECTION 11 ADDITIONAL FEATURES Using XM Radio The XM Radio Page provides information and control of the audio entertainment features of the XM Satellite Radio The Active Channel displays the currently selected channel that the XM Radio is using The Channel List shows a list of the available channels for the selected category Channels can be stepped through one at a time or may be selected directly by channel number 1 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the Auxiliary Page Group 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the displayed AUX XM Information Page 3 Select the RADIO Softkey to show the XM Radio Page Channel y List Active _ Channel AUN XM RADIO li ATTA ANHI i ALL CATEGORIES aee Cnn Remember You re Good Lovin Neither One OF U Clint Black Trisha Yearwood Rod Picott Up All fight MOLL oo RPE EE Categories Field Figure 11 15 XM Radio Page 11 8 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Selecting a Channel from the Channel List 1 While on the XM Radio Page select the CHNL Softkey 2 Select the CH Softkey to go up through the list in the Channel Box or move down the lis
228. racking inbound on Airway V4 Flying a GPS flight plan 1 Transition from VOR to GPS Navigation Mode a Select the CDI Softkey until GPS is the selected navigation source b Press the NAV Key to activate GPS Navigation Mode The autopilot guides the aircraft along the active flight plan leg 2 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Following the flight plan the autopilot continues to steer the aircraft under GPS guidance Note that in GPS Navigation Mode course changes defined by the flight plan are automatically made without pilot action required Figure 6 36 Transition to GPS Flight Plan 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 6 29 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Descent While flying the arrival procedure the aircraft is cleared for descent in preparation for the approach to KCOS Three methods are presented for the descent from 12 000 ft e Flight Level Change descent Flight Level Change Mode can be used to descend to the Selected Altitude at a constant airspeed This descent method does not account for flight plan waypoint altitude constraints e Vertical Path Tracking descent Vertical Path Tracking Mode is used to follow the vertical descent path defined in the GPS flight plan Altitude constraints correspond to waypoints in the flight plan Before VNV flight control can provide vertical profile guidance a VNV flight plan must be entered and
229. raft back to the Selected Course or GPS flight plan when the CWS Button is released Glideslope Mode Active E 4000 dann 4300 4200 40 Ea gao 3900 J7AA 3600 iLe 07 50 15 Figure 6 27 Backcourse Mode 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 6 23 6 24 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL 6 5 AUTOPILOT AND YAW DAMPER OPERATION The autopilot controls the aircraft pitch and roll attitudes following commands received from the flight director Pitch autotrim provides trim commands to the pitch trim servo to relieve any sustained effort required by the pitch servo Autopilot operation is independent of the yaw damper for the Socata TBM 850 The yaw damper reduces Dutch roll tendencies and coordinates turns It can operate independently of the autopilot and may be used during normal hand tflight maneuvers Yaw rate commands are limited to 6 deg sec by the yaw damper Flight Control Pitch and roll commands are provided to the servos based on the active flight director modes Yaw damping is provided by the yaw servo Servo motor control limits the maximum servo speed and torque The servo gearboxes are equipped with slip clutches set to certain values This allows the servos to be overridden in case of an emergency Pitch Axis and Trim The autopilot pitch axis uses pitch rate to stabilize the aircraft pitch attitude during upsets and f
230. rcraft symbol on the CDI as shown in Figure 12 4 Also the CDI deviation bar is removed from the display Lastly but at the same time a GPS NAV LOST alert message appears on the PFD Normal navigation using GPS WAAS source data will resume automatically once a valid GPS solution is restored It is important to note that estimated navigation data supplied by the G1000 in DR Mode may become increasingly unreliable and must not be used as a sole means of navigation If while in DR Mode airspeed and or heading data is also lost or not available the DR function may not be capable of accurately tracking your estimated position and consequently the system may display a path that is different than the actual movement of the aircratt Estimated position information displayed by the G1000 through DR while there is no heading and or airspeed data available should not be used for navigation 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 12 ABNORMAL OPERATION CDI DR Indication on PFD Symbolic Aircraft Map pages and Inset Map Figure 12 4 Dead Reckoning Indications As a result of operating in DR Mode all GPS derived data is computed based upon an estimated position and is displayed as yellow text on the display to denote degraded navigation source information This data includes the following e Navigation Status Box fields except Active Leg TAS and DTK e GPS Bearing Pointer e Wind data and pointers in the Wind Data Box on the PFD
231. rence Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS The following discussions pertain to the Primary Flight Display unless otherwise indicated ZB w WM w 09 ig mvl 188 08 117 95 DIS ERG 136 118 808 cow Nave 117 95 136 975 C0H2 E 1000 1 8 168 M 150 ii 148 130 arim 6 F F F le z T7 el a F i fa gt z 3 75e N Sb a 8006 600G C PORI R LEL 00 15 41 INSET SENSOR PFD OBS COI ADF DME XPOR IDENT THR REF NAST MSG NAV Frequency Box 9 Softkeys 17 Altimeter Airspeed Indicator System Time Selected Altitude G True Airspeed 11 Transponder Status Box COM Frequency Box 4 Current Heading 12 Selected Heading Bug Navigation Status Box G Current Track Bug 13 Turn Rate Indicator 21 AFCS Status Box 6 Course Deviation Indicator CDI Barometric Altimeter Setting 22 Slip Skid Indicator Horizontal Situation Indicator HSD 15 Selected Altitude Bug 3 Attitude Indicator Outside Air Temperature Vertical Speed Indicator VSI Figure 2 1 Default PFD Information 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 1 1 2 2 SECTION 2 FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS 118 006 cons nav 108 00 1 i 136 975 DOH 7 9 Next DIK 357 in 2 seconde JEUG NAV 1 9 1 17 156 146 1301 Hik RA Tt 346 HOG 50 l l
232. s e Desired actual track are valid or track angle error is within certain limits e The VNV Target Altitude of the active waypoint is no more than 250 ft above the current aircraft altitude The flight director may be armed for VNV at any time but no target altitudes are captured during a climb The Command Bars provide vertical profile guidance based on specified altitudes entered manually or loaded from the Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 database at waypoints in the active flight plan or vertical direct to The appropriate VNV flight control modes are sequenced by the flight director to follow the path defined by the vertical profile Upon reaching the last waypoint in the VNV flight plan the flight director transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and cancels any armed VNV modes Vertical Path Tracking Mode VPTH NOTE If another vertical mode key is pressed while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is selected Vertical Path Tracking Mode reverts to armed NOTE Pressing the CWS Button while Vertical Path Tracking Mode is active does not cancel the mode The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the descent path upon release of the CWS Button When a vertical profile VNV flight plan is active and the VNV Key is pressed Vertical Path Tracking Mode is armed in preparation for descent path capture VPTH or V when Glidepath or Glideslope Mode is concurrently armed is annunciated in white in addition
233. s either specified by the identifier chosen from the active route or taken from the map pointer position FPL Key Displays the active Flight Plan Page for creating and editing the active flight plan 11 CLR Key Erases information cancels entries or removes page menus 12 Dual FMS Knob Flight Management System Knob Press the FMS Knob to turn the selection cursor ON and OFF When the cursor is ON data may be entered in the applicable window by turning the small and large knobs The large knob moves the cursor on the page while the small knob selects individual characters for the highlighted cursor location 13 MENU Key Displays a context sensitive list of options This list allows the user to access additional features or make setting changes that relate to particular pages PROC Key Gives access to IFR departure procedures DPs arrival procedures STARs and approach procedures IAPs for a flight plan If a flight plan is used available procedures for the departure and or arrival airport are automatically suggested These procedures can then be loaded into the active flight plan Ifa flight plan is not used both the desired airport and the desired procedure may be selected 15 ENT Key Validates or confirms a menu selection or data entry Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW CONTROLS ASSOCIATED WITH THE MFD The controls for the MF
234. selected heading on the HSI When operating in Heading Select mode this knob provides the heading reference to the flight director 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW 1 4 PFD SOFTKEY MAP TERRAIN Softkey ON Softkey OFF nm A SN D0 nN nDNA D Figure 1 4 Top Level PFD Softkeys S O npn S D A S D A A optional optional optional ore E J aarric Toro rennam Brewscr wexnad bortma Teac ws RnRnnonnienrnwrentwnk w Select the BACK Softkey to return to the top level softkeys Figure 1 5 Inset Map Softkeys INSET Displays Inset Map in PFD lower left corner OFF Removes Inset Map DCLTR 3 Selects desired amount of map detail cycles through declutter levels DCLTR No Declutter All map features visible DCLTR 1 Declutters land data DCLTR 2 Declutters land and SUA data DCLTR 3 Removes everything except the active flight plan TRAFFIC Displays traffic information on Inset Map TOPO Displays topographical data e g coastlines terrain rivers lakes and elevation scale on Inset Map TERRAIN Displays terrain information on Inset Map 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 1 7 SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW nnn ol SENSOR ADCI ADC2 AHRSI AHRS2 NEXRAD XM LING gt ry Lae aoc Gas Gees CE ee 7 ry mane Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Displays NEXRAD weather and coverage information on In
235. set Map optional feature Displays XM lightning information on Inset Map optional feature ENT gt 0 a gt t m x lt T gt J 5 Z 4 4 a Bs m TI ius n N Select the BACK Softkey to return to the top level softkeys Figure 1 6 Sensor Softkeys Displays softkeys for selecting the 1 and 2 AHRS and Air Data Computers Selects the 1 Air Data Computer Selects the 2 Air Data Computer Selects the 1 AHRS Selects the 2 AHRS 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW BRG1 NAVI Select the BACK Softkey to return to the top level softkeys nnnneunin D Figure 1 7 PFD Configuration Softkeys PFD Displays second level softkeys for additional PFD configurations DFLTS Resets PFD to default settings including changing units to standard WIND Displays softkeys to select wind data parameters OPIN 1 Wind direction arrows with headwind and crosswind components OPTN 2 Wind direction arrow and speed OPTN 3 Wind direction arrow with direction and speed OFF Information not displayed BRGI Cycles the Bearing 1 Information Window through NAV1 or GPS waypoint identifier and GPS derived distance information and ADF frequency HSI FRMT Provides access to the HSI formatting softkeys 360 HSI Displays the HSI in a 360 degree view ARC HSI Displays the HSI as an arc BRG2 Cycles the Bearing 2 Information Window through NAV2 or GPS waypoint identifier and GPS derived distance information
236. ssing stored flight plans MENU Key Displays a context sensitive list of options This list allows the user to access additional features or make setting changes that relate to particular pages PROC Key Gives access to IFR departure procedures DPs arrival procedures STARs and approach procedures IAPs for a flight plan If a flight plan is used available procedures for the departure and or arrival airport are automatically suggested Theses procedures can then be loaded into the active flight plan Ifa flight plan is not used both the desired airport and the desired procedure may be selected 6 Joystick Changes the map range when rotated Activates the map pointer when pressed Alphanumeric Keys Allow the user to enter data quickly without having to select individual characters with the FMS Knob 190 00708 00 Rev A Plus Minus Key Switches between a or character C Decimal Key Enters a decimal point SEL Key The center of this key activates the selected softkey while the right and left arrows move the softkey selection box to the right and left respectively ENT Key Validates or confirms a menu selection or data entry CLR Key Erases information cancels entries or removes page menus Pressing and holding this key displays the Navigation Map Page automatically SPC Key Adds a space character BKSP Key Moves the cursor ba
237. ste eager TRK E SYSTEM GENERAL 1000 _NORTH UP L FUEL QTY R 122 USG 122 125 OXY PSI 330 2 os OIL PSI STALL HEAT ON PROP DEICE ON T5 LDG EARN SYSTEM 008 DE EE u B Figure 3 6 General Synoptics Page 3 6 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A 3 4 CREW ALERTING SYSTEM CAS NOTE Refer to the Pilot s Operating Handbook POH for emergency procedures Up to 14 messages can be displayed when more than 14 messages accumulate the scrolling CAS softkeys become available CAS Display Normal Mode SECTION 3 ENGINE amp AIRFRAME SYSTEMS e Warning red Immediate crew awareness and action required Master Warning triggered e Caution yellow Immediate crew awareness and possible future corrective action required Master Caution triggered CAS Window MESSAGES MANIFEST fia Ch ove Btn ant a mismatch communication halted GDL69 FAIL GDL 69 has failed FAILED PATH data path hos failed Service is req d R LCL 21 16 29 cast cass me J DENT THVREF s Reversionary Mode Figure 3 7 CAS Messages Messages and Prioritization A NOTE Red warning messages cannot be scrolled through and remain at the top of the CAS display The scroll bar changes to yellow if more than ten caution messages exist to be scrolled through CAS messages are grouped by criticality warning caution and sorted by order of appearance
238. t change the Selected Heading The autopilot guides the aircraft back to the Selected Heading upon release of the CWS Button Heading Select Mode Active Pitch Hold Mode Active nawal111 9 114 18 suc e1380 1189818 ma T P issn lt a Command Bars ALL Tkp Track Selected ine a E 167be Heading 5 16600 2 E 16500 16400 4 Selected SP iri LW E aeann Heading TAS 220KT we 3 cay 29 9211 Selected Heading Bug R LEL 01 15 50 Figure 6 23 Heading Select Mode 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 6 19 6 20 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Navigation Mode GPS VOR LOC NOTE The selected navigation receiver must have a valid VOR or LOC signal or active GPS course for the flight director to enter Navigation Mode Pressing the NAV Key selects Navigation Mode Navigation Mode acquires and tracks the selected navigation source GPS VOR LOC The flight director follows GPS roll steering commands when GPS is the selected navigation source When the navigation source is VOR or LOC the flight director creates roll steering commands from the Selected Course and deviation GPS Navigation Mode Active nava111 98 4 114 10 suc bs P88 nav2 113 118 98 PS MN 240 230 l p Command Bars Leela Indicate Left Turn par to Track GPS ii Course and Climb son 4 to Intercept Selected aaa Altitude ee TAS ZERIET GPS is Selected Navi gation Source
239. t descent or ue TRR 11 ete O2 WPT APPROACH INFORMATION KPOK aprProw ILS RWY 20L 51 1 TOH 33 froze 991 i Sana nap sal aes Sao ED Das BT A MINIMUMS FIT WOTH Figure 11 10 Profile View 11 5 SECTION 11 ADDITIONAL FEATURES Selecting the MINIMUMS Softkey displays the minimum descent altitude visibility strip at the bottom of the approach chart WPT APPROACH INFORMATION AIRPORT KPOK APPROniH ILS RWY 20L 51 1 GS DITE TRE ETE STRAIGHT IN LANDING RWY DOL CIRCLE TO L AnD L3 mean hiit riin SAMO ESM Er a TS ALL CHARGES Choried obet Fa o Ea so BuO cD ae ee BACK Figure 11 11 Minimums View ERDER PLAN PROFILE Gii FIT WOTH If the chart scale has been adjusted to view a small area of the chart selecting the FIT WIDTH Softkey changes the chart size to fit the available screen width Selecting the FULL SCN Softkey removes the data window displays the chart in a larger viewing area Day Night View Selection 1 While viewing a terminal chart press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu OPTIONS 2 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the Chart Setup Menu Option then press the ENT Key 11 6 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 PAGE MENU OPTIONS Show Info Page Show Departure Page Show Approach Page Show Weather Page Chart Mode Off Chart Setup Go Back To Previous Page Press the FMS CRSR knob to return to base page F
240. t terrain database Ensure that the data card is properly inserted Replace data card If problem persists The G1000 system should be serviced The MFD and or PFD detected a failure in the Safe Taxi database Ensure that the data card is properly inserted Replace data card It problem persists The G1000 system should be serviced SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS Database Message Advisories Cont type mismatch terrain database type in all displays version mismatch correct obstacle database version in all displays database mismatch correct airport terrain database in all displays GMA 1347D Message Advisories GMA1 FAIL GMAI Is inoperative The audio panel self test has detected a failure The audio panel is unavailable GMA2 FAIL GMA2 is inoperative The G1000 system should be serviced GMA XTALK GMA crosstalk error An error has occurred in transferring data between the two GMAs The G1000 has occurred system should be serviced GMA1 CONFIG GMA1 contig error Contig service req d The audio panel configuration settings do not match backup configuration GMA2 CONFIG GMA2 config error memory The G1000 system should be serviced Contig service req d MANIFEST GMA1 software mismatch communication halted The audio panel has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should be MANIFEST GMA2 software serviced mismatch communication halted GMA1 SERVICE GMA1 nee
241. t that Airport s Information Page to display the text of the report Pressing the ENT Key when panning over a TFR displays TFR specific information Weather Products and Symbols Figure 10 10 depicts the symbol for each weather product read from left to right When a weather product is active the product symbol is displayed in the lower right of the screen NEXRAD Cloud Top Echo Top XM Lightning Cell Movement SIGMETs AIRMETs METARs City Forecast Surface Analysis Freezing Levels Winds Aloft Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE e County Warnings e Cyclone Warnings see Echo Top Cloud Top and Echo Top Mutually Exclusive Figure 10 10 Weather Product Symbols The XM Information Page in the AUX Page Group displays the weather products available for the current subscription A green box by the weather product means that it is available A NOTE The LOCK Softkey on the AUX XM EEEF Expires After INFORMATION page is used to save the GDL minutes 69 A activation data when the XM services are initially set up It is not used during normal SIGMETS AIRMETs Oo O operation of the GDL 69 A and it should have City Forecasts a sf no adverse effects if inadvertently selected during County Warnings Too CS flight Refer to the GDL 69 69A XM Satellite CUNY Warnings Radio Activation Instructions 190 00355 04 Rev Cyclone Warnings a E or later for further information
242. t with the CH Softkey Or 1 Press the FMS Knob to highlight the channel list and turn the large FMS Knob to scroll through the channels 2 Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel Selecting a Channel Directly 1 While on the XM Radio Page select the CHNL Softkey 2 Select the DIR CH Softkey The channel number in the Active Channel Box is highlighted 3 Select the numbered softkeys located on the bottom of the display to directly select the desired channel number 4 Press the ENT Key to activate the selected channel Selecting a Category The Category Box of the XM Radio Page displays the currently selected category of audio Categories of channels such as jazz rock or news can be selected to list only the available channels in that category One of the optional categories is PRESETS This is a category of channels that may be programmed by the user 1 Select the CATGRY Softkey on the XM Radio Page 2 Select the CAT and CAT Softkeys to cycle through the categories Or 190 00708 00 Rev A Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Categories list Highlight the desired category with the small FMS Knob and press the ENT Key Selecting All Categories places all channels in the list All Categories Figure 11 16 Categories List Creating Presets Up to 15 channels from any category can be assigned a preset number The preset channels are selected by selecting the PRESETS and MORE Soft
243. the Final Approach Fix Manual System Test A system test is automatically performed at power up After sucessful completion of the test TAWS System Test OK is heard The system test may also be initiated manually but only when the aircraft is on the ground To manually verity proper operation of the aural and visual annunciations of the system perform the following steps 1 While the TAWS Page is displayed press the MENU Key 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select Test TAWS 3 Press the ENT Key During the test TAWS TEST is displayed in the center of the TAWS Page When all is in working order TAWS System Test OK is heard Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance FLTA The Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance alert is composed of two sub functions Reduced Required Terrain Clearance RTC and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance ROC This provides alerts when the aircraft flight path is above terrain and or obstacles yet is projected to come within minimum clearance values outlined in the following table When an RTC or ROC alert is issued a potential impact point is displayed on the TAWS Page as a yellow or red X Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Imminent Terrain Impact ITI and Imminent Obstacle Impact 101 This provides alerts when the aircraft is below the elevation of terrain in the aircrafts projected path ITI and IOI alerts are accompanied by a potentia
244. the PFD 2 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight Invert Flight With Activate highlighted press the ENT Key Plan and press the ENT Key The original flight plan remains intact in its flight plan catalog storage KOJE KSLN location MAEA or CANCEL 3 With OK highlighted press the ENT Key to invert the flight plan Figure 8 5 Activate Flight Plan Leg Confirmation STOP NAVIGATING A FLIGHT PLAN Press the FPL Key to display the Active Flight Plan Page Press the MENU Key to display the Page Menu EEA window return ta bosa pege Figure 8 8 Invert Flight Plan Invert active flight plan OK or CANCEL Figure 8 9 Invert Flight Plan Confirmation Figure 8 6 Delete Flight Plan 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 9 3 SECTION 8 FLIGHT PLANNING 8 7 CREATE A NEW FLIGHT PLAN Create a New Flight Plan Using the MFD 1 2 3 4 6 1 8 8 4 Press the FPL Key and turn the small FMS Knob to display the Flight Plan Catalog Page Select the NEW Softkey to display a blank flight plan page for the first empty storage location STORED FLIGHT PLAN Figure 8 10 Create FPL on MFD Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window Turn the small FMS Knob to the right enter the first character of the identifier of the departure airport Turning the knob to the left accesses the FPL NRST and RECENT w
245. the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 12 ABNORMAL OPERATION 12 1 REVERSIONARY MODE Reversionary Mode is a mode of operation in which all important flight information is presented on at least one of the remaining displays Flight parameters are presented in the same format as in normal mode Reversionary display mode is manually activated by 1 PFD1 By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP button on the left audio panel 2 MFD By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP button on the left or the right audio panel PFD1 SECTION 12 ABNORMAL OPERATION 3 PFD2 By pressing the DISPLAY BACKUP button on the right audio panel 12 2 ABNORMAL COM OPERATION When a COM tuning failure is detected by the system the emergency frequency 121 500 MHz is automatically loaded into the active frequency field of the COM radio for which the tuning failure was detected In the event of a dual display failure the emergency frequency 121 500 MHz automatically becomes the active frequency to the pilot through the pilot headset PFD2 Normal Operation Figure 12 1 G1000 Reversionary Mode Failed PFD1 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 12 ABNORMAL OPERATION 12 3 UNUSUAL ATTITUDES The PFD declutters when the aircraft enters an unusual attitude Only the primary functions are displayed in these situations The following information is removed from t
246. the VNV Key If the descent is not confirmed by the time of interception Vertical Path Tracking Mode remains armed and the descent is not captured 2 When the top of descent TOD is reached the flight director transitions to Vertical Path Tracking Mode and begins the descent to the VNV Target Altitude Intention to capture the VNV Target Altitude is indicated by the white ALTV annunciation _ GPS LEAP YD ALTV 3 As the aircraft nears the VNV Target Altitude the flight director transitions to VNV Target Altitude Capture Mode indicated by the green ALTV annunciation flashing for up to 10 seconds ae Se ALT The green ALT annunciation flashes for up to 10 seconds upon reaching 50 feet from the VNV Target Altitude the autopilot transitions to Altitude Hold Mode and levels the aircraft at the vertical waypoint BOD ALT Mode gt ee Oe Selected Altitude set below VNAV Target Altitude Along track Offset 3 nm before OPSHN oO 3 nm A Figure 6 38 VPTH Descent 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Non path descent using Flight Level Change Mode 1 Command a non path descent using Flight Level Change Mode a Using the ALT Knob set the Selected Altitude below the current aircraft altitude to an altitude in this case 9 400 feet at which to level off between VNV flight plan altitudes
247. tic autopilot disengagement occurs due to e System failure Invalid sensor data e Exceeding maximum commanded pitch and roll angles e Stall warning e Inability to compute default flight director modes FD also disengages automatically Yaw damper disengagement is indicated by a five second flashing yellow YD annunciation Automatic yaw damper disengagement occurs when autopilot disengagement is caused by failure in a parameter also affecting the yaw damper This means the yaw damper can remain operational in some cases where the autopilot automatically disengages A localized failure in the yaw damper system or invalid sensor data also cause yaw damper disengagement SAV ALTS Figure 6 32 Automatic Autopilot and Yaw Damper Disengagement Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 6 25 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL 6 6 PROCEDURES A NOTE The diagrams in this section are for instructional purposes only and should not be used for navigation Numbered portions of accompanying diagrams correspond to numbered procedure steps This section provides a scenario based set of procedures showing various GFC 700 AFCS modes used while following a previously entered flight plan The following example closely follows the example flight plan discussed in the Navigation section Refer to the example in the Navigation section when studying the this example In this scenario the aircraft departs Char
248. ting Flight Plan on the PFD 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 8 FLIGHT PLANNING 8 8 ENTER AN AIRWAY IN A FLIGHT 5 When the desired entry point is entered press the PLAN ENT Key 1 Press the FPL Key to display the active flight plan or display a stored flight plan 2 Press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 3 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the waypoint before which the airway will be entered Figure 8 15 Airway Entry Point Loaded 6 Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window WAYPOINT INFORHATION IDENT FACILITY CITY iia y Figure 8 13 Airway Insertion Point 4 Turn the small FMS Knob to display the Waypoint Information Window and begin entering the desired airways entry point WAYPOINT INFORHATIOH IDENT FACILITY CITY AnA LOCATION BRG HORTH UF DIS Press ENT to occept Figure 8 16 Enter Airway Identifier 7 Select the LD AIRWY Softkey A list of available airways is now displayed LOCATION fil ERG W63 kj DIS 3304 yp Fress ENT to occept Figure 8 14 Load Airway Entry Point 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 g 5 SECTION 8 FLIGHT PLANNING ACTIVE FLIGHT PLAN ENTRY SN ree ANY KIXD KCHH AIRWAY VA Kie i 8 9 LOAD A DEPARTURE See the Procedures section for a discussion on loading and activating departure procedures Figure 8 17 Select Desired Airway 8
249. tion are provided with pressure altitude information ALT Mode Mode C Altitude aik T HSC Figure 4 14 Altitude Mode 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 4 NAV COM amp TRANSPONDER Reply Status When the transponder sends replies to interrogations an R indication appears momentarily in the reply status field Reply Indication TA e Figure 4 15 Reply Indication Code Selection VFR Code Selection 1 Select the XPDR Softkey to display the transponder Mode Selection softkeys 2 Select the VFR Softkey to enter the VFR code Selecting the VFR Softkey again restores the previous identification code NOTE The pre programmed VFR Code is set at the factory to 1200 Enter Code Using Softkeys 1 Select the XPDR Softkey to display the transponder Mode Selection softkeys 2 Select the CODE Softkey to display the transponder Code Selection softkeys which includes the digit softkeys 3 Press the appropriate digit softkeys to enter the code in the four digit code field of the Transponder Status Box When the last digit is entered the transponder code becomes active When entering a code select the BKSP Softkey as needed to back up and change code digits Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 4 5 SECTION 4 NAV COM amp TRANSPONDER Enter Code Using the FMS Knob 3 Turn the small FMS Knob to enter the desired first haracter 1 Select the XPDR Softkey to displ
250. tion on the Airportintormaton Padesan 10 3 Displaying Weather on the Weather Data Link Page 10 4 Map Panning Information Weather Data Link Page 10 5 Weather Products and Symbols csseseseeseeseesen 10 5 Weatner Product AJE miuno a A 10 6 10 4 Traffic Advisory System TAS 0 0 000 10 7 system Sel NAST cc sects nessencastinnesesd wore Oa 10 7 Displaying Traffic on the Traffic Map Page 10 7 Displaying Traffic on the Navigation Map 10 8 10 5 Terrain And Obstacle Proximity 0 10 9 Displaying Terrain and Obstacles on the Terrain PrOXIMIO PAG taunts A 10 9 Displaying Terrain and Obstacles on the Navigation IE Sepeincneerreaeeseiemterrtcared fohemeateeemer cae ae teen ears 10 10 10 6 Terrain Awareness amp Warning System TAWS Display Optional 0 0 000000 10 10 Displaying Terrain on the TAWS Page sseeseeees 10 10 Enable Disable Aviation Data c sccceseeseseeesen 10 11 TAW AMD erasmus 10 11 Manual System Test 10 12 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance FLTA 10 12 Premature Descent Alert PDA 10 12 Excessive Descent Rate Alert EDR 10 13 Negative Climb Rate After TakeotfAlert NCR 10 13 Five Hundred Aural Alert c cssecscsesseeseseeseesees 10 13 Displaying Terrain and Obstacles on the Navigation Marea T cet auina tues 10 14 POD UD ACES ciini 10 14 TAWS Alerts SUMMALY cc seesstesssecsesssesssessessseaseesees 10 15 Alert Anmanc
251. titude Alert ccsessessseesseen 2 4 SECTION 5 AUDIO PANEL 5 1 Metric Display ack Br tp forint a re 5 1 COM Radio Selection 0 c ccccccccseeeeee 5 2 Low Altitude ANNUNCIatiON csssessseessessecseeseesseesseen 2 5 52 Music Selection 5 7 2 4 Vertical Deviation Glidepath Glideslope 53 Marker Beacon ee NOREEN TRIED ad 5 7 Indicator nore A aaa a0 Marker Beacon Signal Sensitivity cssesseseeseeren 5 2 2 5 Marker Beacon Annunciation 000 2 1 54 Nav Radio Audio Selection 5 7 2 6 Vertical Speed Indicator MER ERACSSS AAR SRAM NEST EMEA S a 5 5 Passenger Address System Be Ae a ena 5 3 2 7 Barometric Radar Altitude Minimume 2 7 56 Intercom 5 3 a lao D K T 5 7 Intercom Squelch Control 5 3 3 a alaaa R a a i 5 8 Digital Clearance Recorder and Player 5 3 2 10 Horizontal Situation Indicator HSI 2 9 Turn Rate Indicator and Heading Trend Vector 2 10 Course POMEL sacscteriectdescrsente neve luu eben tet erated 2 10 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL 6 1 6 1 Flight Director Activation 0 00 0 0 c 6 1 6 2 Switching Flight Directors 0 00 0c 6 2 6 3 Command Bars cccccsessesstesseeseesseessessees 6 3 6 4 Flight Director Modes 0 0 ccccseeen 6 4 A ET A E acted Geena cette ce 6 4 Lateral MONE Sea 6 16 6
252. tivate the cursor 2 Enter an intersection identifier and press the ENT Key 3 Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 7 NAVIGATION 7 6 NDB INFORMATION ETE WPT NOB INFORMATION _HORTH UP HH al oo DOTTE REEL i KANSAS CI TY ho EE COMPASS LOCATOR LOMI oe N CEN USA N 391329 wOS4 44 99 FRR _ _ 3590 NEAREST ATRPORT aed KMCI ol 4 Snri Figure 7 58 NDB Information Page Select the NDB Information Page 1 Turn the large FMS Knob to select the WPT page group 2 Turn the small FMS Knob to select the third rectangular page icon View Information on a Specific NDB 1 With the NDB Information Page displayed press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor 2 Turn the large FMS Knob to highlight the desired selection field identifier name or closest city 3 Enter an identifier name or city and press the ENT Key If there are duplicate identifiers in the database a list is displayed trom which to choose the desired location 4 Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 7 NAVIGATION 7 7 VOR INFORMATION WPT VOR INFORHATION amp VORTAC KANSAS CITY MO INPORHATION HIGH ALTITUDE SE N CEN USA N 371717 WOS4 4q 227 Ue po FRE GURY 325 NEAREST AIRPORT KMCI 053 1 3HH Figure 7 59 VOR Informati
253. to confirm the entry Synchronizing Fuel on Board with Actual Measured Fuel on Board Select the FOB SYNC Softkey or press the MENU Key highlight Synchronize Fuel on Board and press the ENT Key The actual measured fuel on board is displayed in the fuel on board field When the aircraft is in the air and a destination waypoint has been entered the fuel calculations can be completed e Estimated landing weight zero fuel weight estimated landing fuel weight e Estimated landing fuel weight fuel on board weight fuel flow x ETE e Excess fuel weight estimated landing fuel weight fuel reserves weight If the aircraft is on the ground or a destination way point has not been entered the following fields display invalid values consisting of six dashes e Estimated landing weight e Estimated landing fuel weight e Excess fuel weight Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 8 9 SECTION 8 FLIGHT PLANNING Weight Caution And Warning Conditions If the zero fuel weight is greater than the maximum allowable zero fuel weight then the zero fuel weight is displayed in amber If the aircraft weight is greater than the maximum allowable takeoff weight then the aircraft weight is dis played in amber If the estimated landing weight is greater than the maximum allowable landing weight then the estimated landing weight is displayed in amber If the estimated landing fuel weight is
254. to previously armed modes If applicable the appropriate altitude capture mode is armed for capture of the next VNV Target Altitude ALTV or the Selected Altitude ALTS whichever is greater GPS le VPTH PS e e ALTS GP V Figure 6 11 Vertical Path Tracking Armed Annunciations Prior to descent path interception the Selected Altitude must be set below the current aircraft altitude by at least 75 feet For the flight director to transition from Altitude Hold to Vertical Path Tracking Mode acknowledgment is required within five minutes of descent path interception by 190 00708 00 Rev A Pressing the VNV Key e Adjusting the Selected Altitude If acknowledgment is not received within 1 minute of descent path interception the white VPTH annunciation and the VNV Key annunciator light start to flash Flashing continues until acknowledged or the descent path is intercepted If the descent is not confirmed by the time of interception Vertical Path Tracking Mode remains armed and the descent is not captured In conjunction with the TOD top of descent within l minute annunciation in the PFD Navigation Status Box and the Vertical track voice message VNV indications VNV Target Altitude vertical deviation and vertical speed required appear on the PFDs in magenta Figure 6 12 When a descent leg is captured i e vertical deviation becomes valid Vertical Path Tracking becomes active and tracks the descent profile
255. tom card slot of the MFD and one in the bottom card slot of the PFD The SD card containing the ChartView or FliteCharts Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 2 3 4 database must be inserted into the bottom slot on the MFD Apply power to the G1000 System View the MFD power up splash screen Check that the databases are initialized and displayed in the window of the splash screen When updating the terrain and FliteCharts databases an in progress message may be seen If this message is present wait for the system to finish loading before verifying the correct databases are initialized then proceed to step 3 DATABASE 4 Checklist File N A Basemap Land 1 01 SdSafeTaxi Expires 28 SEP 2006 a Terrain 2 04 Airport Terrain 2 04 N Obstacle Expires 28 SEP 2006 7 Aviation Expires 28 SEP 2806 FliteCharts Expires 28 SEP 2806 All map and terrain data provided is only to be used as a general reference to your surrounding and as an aid to situational awareness PILOT PROFILE SAM Press FMS knob to change profile Press ENT or rightmost softkey to continue Figure 1 16 Power Up Splash Screen Window Acknowledge the Power up Page agreement by pressing the ENT Key or the right most softkey At the MAP NAVIGATION MAP Page select the MAP Softkey and check to make sure that the TOPO and TERRAIN Softkeys are available not dimmed and other database features are functioni
256. traffic Pilots must maneuver the aircraft based only upon ATC guidance or positive visual acquisition of conflicting traffic WARNING Use of the Stormscope is not intended for hazardous weather penetration thunderstorm penetration Stormscope information as displayed on the G1000 MFD is to be used only for weather avoidance not penetration WARNING GDL 69 Weather should not be used for hazardous weather penetration Weather information provided by the GDL 69 is approved only for weather avoidance not penetration WARNING NEXRAD weather data is to be used for long range planning purposes only Due to inherent delays in data transmission and the relative age of the data NEXRAD weather data should not be used for short range weather avoidance Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A WARNINGS CAUTIONS amp NOTES WARNING The Garmin G1000 as installed in the Socata TBM 850 aircraft has a very high degree of functional integrity However the pilot must recognize that providing monitoring and or self test capability for all conceivable system failures is not practical Although unlikely it may be possible for erroneous operation to occur without a fault indication shown by the G1000 It is thus the responsibility of the pilot to detect such an occurrence by means of cross checking with all redundant or correlated information available in the cockpit WARNING For safety reasons
257. tude Altitude Hold Mode ALT Altitude Hold Mode can be activated by pressing the ALT Key the flight director maintains the current aircraft altitude to the nearest 10 feet as the Altitude Reference The flight directors Altitude Reference shown in the AFCS Status Box is independent of the Selected Altitude displayed above the Altimeter Altitude Hold Mode active is indicated by a green ALT annunciation in the AFCS Status Box Altitude Hold Mode is automatically armed when the flight director is in Selected Altitude Capture Mode see Figure 6 7 Selected Altitude Capture Mode automatically transitions to Altitude Hold Mode when the altitude error is less than 50 feet In this case the Selected Altitude becomes the flight directors Altitude Reference Changing the Altitude Reference NOTE Turning the ALT SEL Knob while in Altitude Hold Mode changes the Selected Altitude but not the flight director s Altitude Reference and does not cancel the mode With the CWS Button depressed the aircraft can be hand flown to a new Altitude Reference When the CWS Button is released at the desired altitude the new altitude is established as the Altitude Reference If the Selected Altitude is reached during CWS maneuvering the Altitude Reference is not changed To adjust the Altitude Reference in this case the CWS Button must be pressed again after the Selected Altitude is reached Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Soc
258. urce GPS VAPP APR Key Approach LOC VOR LOC Glideslope Mode automatically armed Takeoff on ground Disengages autopilot and commands a constant pitch angle and wings level in preparation for takeott pe onoma Disengages autopilot and commands a constant pitch angle and wings level in the air ean appears in the AFCS Status Box The acceptable bank angle range is indicated in green along the Roll Scale a the Attitude Indicator Table 6 3 Flight Director Lateral Modes 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 6 17 6 18 SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL Roll Hold Mode ROL NOTE If Roll Hold Mode is activated as a result of a mode reversion the flight director rolls the wings level When the flight director is activated or switched Roll Hold Mode is selected by default This mode is annunciated as ROL in the AFCS Status Box as shown in Figure 6 21 The current aircraft bank angle is held subject to the bank angle conditions in Table 6 4 O ROC ALTS Figure 6 21 Roll Hold Mode Annunciation Bank Angle Flight Director Response Rolls wings level 6 to 30 Maintains current aircraft roll attitude Limits bank to 30 Table 6 4 Roll Hold Mode Responses Changing the Roll Reference The roll reference can be changed by pressing the CWS Button establishing the desired bank angle then releasing the CWS Button Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference
259. uring normal operation AHRS operation may be degraded if GPS signals are not present see POH 13 8 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS System Annunciation ae Display is not receiving valid heading input trom AHRS ____XPDR FATI Display is not receiving valid transponder information i A red X through any other display field such as engine instrumentation Other Various Red X Indications fields indicates that the field is not receiving valid data MFD amp PFD Message Advisories The pilot profile data was lost System reverts to default pilot profile and settings lost Recheck settings The pilot may reconfigure the MFD amp PFDs with preterred settings if desired crosstalk error has occurred should be serviced PFD1 SERVICE PFD1 needs service Return unit for repair PFD2 SERVICE PFD2 needs service The PFD and or MFD self test has detected a problem The G1000 system should Return unit for repair be serviced MFD1 SERVICE MFD1 needs service Return unit for repair MANIFEST PFD1 software mismatch communication halted MANIFEST PFD2 software The PFD and or MFD has incorrect software installed The G1000 system should mismatch communication halted be serviced MANIFEST MFD1 software mismatch communication halted PFD1 CONFIG PFD1 contig error Contig service req d The PFD configuratio
260. uring the maneuver CWS activity has no effect on yaw damper engagement The AP annunciation is temporarily replaced by CWS in white for the duration of CWS maneuvers Control Wheel Steering ROL CHS YD TEE Figure 6 29 CWS Annunciation In most scenarios releasing the CWS Button reengages the autopilot with a new reference Refer to flight director mode descriptions for specific CWS behavior in each mode Disengagement NOTE Pressing the AP Key does not disengage the yaw damper The autopilot may be manually disengaged by pushing the AP DISC GA MEPT ARM Switch adjusting ROLL TRIM or pressing the AP Key on the AFCS Control Unit Manual disengagement is indicated by a five second flash ing yellow AP annunciation and a three second autopi lot disconnect aural alert The AP DISC or MEPT ARM Switch may be used to cancel the aural alert 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 6 AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL _ ROL JAP YD PI ALTS Figure 6 30 Manual Autopilot Disengagement The YD Key and MEYT Switch can be used to disengage the yaw damper The YD annunciation turns yellow and flash for 5 seconds upon disengagement ROL AP YD PI ALTS Figure 6 31 Yaw Damper Disengagement Automatic autopilot disengagement is indicated by a flashing red and white AP annunciation and by the auto pilot disconnect aural alert which continue until acknowl edged by pushing the AP DISC or MEPT ARM Switch Automa
261. urn either FMS Knob to select a VOR rectangular page icon 3 Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing Select a Nearest User Waypoint cursor l l l 1 With the Nearest User Waypoint Page displayed Select and Load a VOR Frequency press the FMS Knob to activate the cursor If any 1 With the Nearest VOR Page displayed select the previously entered User Waypoints are within 200 FREQ Softkey to highlight the VOR frequency in the nm these are displayed with the closest listed FREQUENCY field first 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 7 29 SECTION 7 NAVIGATION 2 Turn either FMS Knob to select the desired waypoint The remaining information on the Nearest User Waypoint Page pertains to the selected Nearest User Waypoint 3 Press the FMS Knob to remove the flashing cursor 7 14 NEAREST FREQUENCIES DIK TRK elt NRST NEAREST FREQUENCIES 1 oe A 6 ett Ae i NORTH UP l ore a 1 ae i Sa so KID NEAREST ARTCC ms ha e NATET CL kuin Ty Pe E IFR 1 KANSAS CITY l eal NO DATA is ahh nde BRG 027 DIS 2Bpe s ete c 5 E z 4 mwa o6 EE 1 127 900 T 7 or K BI JET y Y T Ie Xz a pane NEAREST FSS uale 1 WICHITA F am OBE TA phi 2 122350 z ST MK ASOS MU cond ay hee ATIS ASOS ATIS ATIS ATIS ASOS ASOS ATIS ASOS ASOS ASOS Figure 7 66 Nearest Frequencies Page Select the Nearest Frequencies Page 1 Turn the
262. urning the small FMS Knob to display ground returns at the desired A secondary use of the weather radar system is for distance the presentation of terrain This can be a useful tool for 7 verifying aircraft position A picture of the ground is represented much like a topographical map that can be Ground Mapping and Interpretation Press the FMS Knob to remove the cursor 190 00708 00 Rev A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 10 29 SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE Blank Page 10 30 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 11 ADDITIONAL FEATURES 11 1 SAFETAXI When the map range is decreased to level sufficient to view airport detail runways with numbers taxiways with identifying letters numbers airport Hot Spots and airport landmarks including ramps buildings control towers and other prominent features are shown When the aircraft location is within the screen boundary an airplane symbol is shown for enhanced position awareness During ground operations the aircrafts position is displayed in reference to taxiways runways and airport features In the example shown the aircraft is on taxiway Bravo inside the High Alert Intersection boundary on KSFO airport Airport Hot Spots are outlined in magenta When panning over the airport features such as runway holding lines and taxiways are shown at the cursor HAP NAVIGATION HAP WORTH UP
263. v A Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS MFD Map Page preg Aural Message Pop Up Alert Caution Terrain Caution Terrain or Terrain Ahead Terrain Ahead Terrain Ahead Terrain Ahead or Caution Terrain Caution Terrain or Caution Obstacle Caution Obstacle or Obstacle Ahead Obstacle Ahead Obstacle Ahead Obstacle Ahead or Caution Obstacle Caution Obstacle or CAUTION OBSTACLE f None f Five Hundred Sink Rate IRIRI AHCAI Bt i i ATE Don t Sink or Too Low Terrain MFD Pop Up Alert Aural Message TAWS System Failure TAWS Not Available TAWS Available will be heard when sufficient GPS signal is re established TAWS System Test OK 13 5 SECTION 13 ANNUNCIATIONS amp ALERTS 13 5 OTHER G1000 AURAL ALERTS Aural Alert Minimums minimums The aircraft has descended below the preset barometric minimum descent altitude Vertical track The aircraft is one minute from Top of Descent Issued only when vertical navigation is enabled Traffic The Traffic Information Service TIS has issued a Traffic Advisory alert Traffic not available The aircraft is outside the Traffic Information Service TIS coverage area 13 6 G1000 SYSTEM MESSAGE FAILURE ANNUNCIATIONS System Annunciation Red X hos foiled M
264. vigation Mode using either VOR or GPS as the navigation source may be used In this scenario VOR Navigation Mode is used for navigation to the first VOR waypoint in the flight plan Intercepting a VOR radial 1 Arm VOR Navigation Mode a Tune the VOR frequency b Select the CDI Softkey to set the navigation source to VOR c Use the CRS1 or CRS2 Knob to set the Selected Course to 255 Note that at this point the flight director is still in Heading Select Mode and the autopilot continues to fly 290 d Press the NAV Key This arms VOR Navigation Mode and the white VOR annunciation appears to the left of the active lateral mode VOR HDG e APYD ALT 120007 2 Once the flight director calculates the proper capture point the flight director transitions trom Heading Select to VOR Navigation Mode and the VOR annunciation flashes green The autopilot begins turning to intercept the Selected Course 3 The autopilot continues the turn until the aircraft is established on the Selected Course Figure 6 35 Intercepting a VOR Radial Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A Flying a Flight Plan GPS Course A NOTE Changing the navigation source cancels Navigation Mode and causes the flight director to revert back to Roll Hold Mode wings rolled level As the aircraft closes on Salina VOR GPS is used to navigate the next leg airway V244 The aircraft is currently t
265. weakening of the radar energy This weakening is known as attenuation Accuracy of the displayed intensity of returns located in the shaded areas are suspect Proper antenna tilt management should still be employed to determine the extent of attenuation in a shaded area To activate or deactivate the WATCH feature select the WATCH Softkey HAP WEATHER RADAR STAB ON praa t TILT DN 150 La FULL amp CeaLIERATED HORIZON Maipi Figure 10 45 Horizontal Scan With WATCH Weather Alert This feature may be used to indicate the presence of heavy precipitation beyond the currently displayed range and 80 to 320 nm from the aircrafts present position DN 150 Lo Weather Alert targets appear as red bands along the outer FULL amp i i CAL TERATED range ring at the approximate azimuth of the detected returns Figure 10 46 Se Ifa Weather Alert is detected within 10 of the aircraft heading an alert is displayed on the PFD in the Messages Window as shown in Figure 10 47 If the antenna tilt is adjusted too low a weather alert can be generated by ground returns To avoid this issue set the display range to less than 80 nm in the terminal area Weather alerts can also be deactivated in the terminal area 10 28 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 190 00708 00 Rev A SECTION 10 HAZARD AVOIDANCE Weather Alerts used as a supplement to the navigation map on the MFD Ground
266. x 2 Edit a flight plan 8 7 EDR 10 13 Electrical indications 3 2 Engine display 3 1 Essential bus voltage 3 1 Estimated Landing Fuel 8 9 Excessive Descent Rate 10 13 Excess Fuel Weight 8 9 8 10 F Five Hundred Aural Alert 10 13 Flap position 3 1 Asymmetrical deflection warning 3 8 13 1 Flight director Modes lateral 6 16 6 18 Modes vertical 6 4 6 18 Flight Level Change Mode 6 9 6 30 6 32 Flight Plan Catalog 9 1 9 2 FliteCharts 11 3 11 4 FLTA 10 12 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance 10 12 Freezing level 10 5 Frequency toggle key 4 3 Fuel Alerts 3 8 3 9 13 1 13 2 Flow 3 1 Pressure 3 1 Quantity 3 1 Fuel indications 3 4 Fuel on Board 8 9 G Gain 10 26 Generator Current 3 1 Speed 3 1 Glidepath 2 6 7 20 Glidepath Mode 6 14 6 21 Glidepath Mode GP 6 34 Glideslope 2 6 7 20 Garmin G1000 Cockpit Reference Guide for the Socata TBM 850 Glideslope Mode 6 15 6 33 GMA 1347 1 1 Go Around Mode 6 16 6 35 6 36 Ground mapping 10 29 Heading 2 1 Heading indication 2 10 Heading Select Mode 6 19 Heading Select Mode HDG 6 27 Headset s 5 2 Horizontal scan 10 22 10 25 10 28 10 29 Horizontal situation indicator 2 9 Horizontal Situation Indicator HSI 2 1 Hot Spots 11 1 Hurricanes 10 5 ID 4 3 ILS approach 6 33 Imminent Terrain Impact 10 12 Impact point 10 12 Inhibit 10 11 Inset Map 1 7 1 8 Interrogations 4 5 Interturbine Temperature ITT 3 1 Warning 3 8 13 1 INTR COM Ke
267. y 5 3 IOI 10 12 10 15 13 4 13 5 ITI 10 12 K Key s 1 3 1 5 L Lateral modes flight director 6 16 6 18 Lighted obstacle 10 14 Lightning 10 2 10 3 10 4 LNAV 2 6 7 5 Load approach 8 6 Load a VOR frequency 7 29 Load departure 8 6 Load the frequency for a controlling agency 7 31 Load the nearest ARTCC frequency 7 30 LOI 2 12 LOW ALT 2 5 Low Altitude 2 5 LPV 2 6 6 26 7 5 7 21 MAP 7 1 Map panning 10 5 Marker beacon 2 7 MDA 2 7 Message advisories 13 9 13 13 13 15 13 17 13 22 METAR 10 3 10 5 Metric display 2 4 MFD 1 1 4 4 Minimums 13 6 Minimum descent altitude 2 7 MISCOMP 13 3 Missed approach 6 35 MKR MUTE 5 2 5 4 Mode S 1 10 4 4 Mode selection softkeys 4 4 4 5 4 6 Morse code identifier 4 3 Multi Function Display MFD Softkeys 1 11 Nav Com controls 4 1 NAV1 5 2 NAV2 5 2 Navigation 7 1 Navigation NAV Frequency Window 2 1 Navigation database 1 13 1 14 7 5 Navigation Mode 6 20 6 21 6 28 6 29 Navigation Status Box 2 1 190 00708 00 Rev A Navigation status window 2 2 NAV Frequency Window 4 1 NCR 10 13 Nearest Airports Page 7 23 7 26 7 28 7 29 7 30 8 1 Nearest ARTCC amp FSS frequencies 7 30 Negative Climb Rate After Takeoff 10 13 NEXRAD 1 8 1 12 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 Non path descent 6 32 6 33 Normal operating mode 12 1 0 OBS 2 13 Obstacles 10 14 13 12 13 14 Oil engine Alerts 3 8 13 1 Pressure 3 1 Temperature 3 1

Garmin Software Version 0719.00 Cockpit Reference Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents